]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
13 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
16 | #pragma hdrstop | |
17 | #endif | |
18 | ||
19 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
20 | ||
21 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
22 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
23 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
24 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
25 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
26 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
27 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
28 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
29 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
30 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
31 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
32 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
33 | #endif | |
34 | ||
35 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
39 | ||
40 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
42 | ||
43 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
44 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
45 | #else | |
46 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
47 | #endif | |
48 | ||
49 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
50 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
51 | #else | |
52 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
53 | #endif | |
54 | ||
55 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
56 | #include <ctype.h> | |
57 | ||
58 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
59 | // array classes | |
60 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
61 | ||
62 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, | |
63 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
64 | ||
65 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
66 | { | |
67 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
68 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
69 | { | |
70 | } | |
71 | ||
72 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
73 | { | |
74 | attr->DecRef(); | |
75 | } | |
76 | ||
77 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
78 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
79 | ||
80 | // Cannot do this: | |
81 | // DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr) | |
82 | // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. | |
83 | }; | |
84 | ||
85 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, | |
86 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
87 | ||
88 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
89 | ||
90 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
91 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
92 | ||
93 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
94 | // events | |
95 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
96 | ||
97 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
98 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
99 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
100 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
101 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) | |
102 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
103 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
104 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
115 | ||
116 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
117 | // private classes | |
118 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
119 | ||
120 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
121 | { | |
122 | public: | |
123 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
124 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
125 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
126 | ||
127 | private: | |
128 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
129 | ||
130 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
131 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
132 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
133 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
134 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
135 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
136 | ||
137 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
138 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
139 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
140 | }; | |
141 | ||
142 | ||
143 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
144 | { | |
145 | public: | |
146 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
147 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
148 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
149 | ||
150 | private: | |
151 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
152 | ||
153 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
154 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
155 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
156 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
157 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
158 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
159 | ||
160 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
161 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
162 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
163 | }; | |
164 | ||
165 | ||
166 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
167 | { | |
168 | public: | |
169 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
170 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
171 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
172 | ||
173 | private: | |
174 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
175 | ||
176 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
177 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
178 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
179 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
180 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
181 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
182 | ||
183 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
184 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
185 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
186 | }; | |
187 | ||
188 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow | |
189 | { | |
190 | public: | |
191 | wxGridWindow() | |
192 | { | |
193 | m_owner = NULL; | |
194 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
195 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
196 | } | |
197 | ||
198 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
199 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
200 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
201 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
202 | ~wxGridWindow() {} | |
203 | ||
204 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
205 | ||
206 | wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
207 | ||
208 | private: | |
209 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
210 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
211 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
212 | ||
213 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
214 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
215 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
216 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
217 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
218 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
219 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
220 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); | |
221 | ||
222 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
223 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
224 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
225 | }; | |
226 | ||
227 | ||
228 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
229 | { | |
230 | public: | |
231 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
232 | : m_grid(grid), | |
233 | m_editor(editor), | |
234 | m_inSetFocus(false) | |
235 | { | |
236 | } | |
237 | ||
238 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); | |
239 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
240 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
241 | ||
242 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } | |
243 | ||
244 | private: | |
245 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
246 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; | |
247 | ||
248 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to | |
249 | // a combobox within a set focus event. | |
250 | bool m_inSetFocus; | |
251 | ||
252 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
253 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
254 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
255 | }; | |
256 | ||
257 | ||
258 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
259 | ||
260 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
261 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
262 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
263 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
264 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
265 | ||
266 | ||
267 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
268 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
269 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
270 | ||
271 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
272 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData | |
273 | { | |
274 | public: | |
275 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
276 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
277 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
278 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
279 | ||
280 | private: | |
281 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
282 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
283 | ||
284 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
285 | }; | |
286 | ||
287 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
288 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
289 | { | |
290 | public: | |
291 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
292 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} | |
293 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
294 | ||
295 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
296 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
297 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
298 | ||
299 | private: | |
300 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
301 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
302 | }; | |
303 | ||
304 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
305 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
306 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
307 | { | |
308 | public: | |
309 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
310 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
311 | m_colAttrs; | |
312 | }; | |
313 | ||
314 | ||
315 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
316 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
317 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
318 | ||
319 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
320 | { | |
321 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
322 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
323 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
324 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
325 | {} | |
326 | ||
327 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
328 | { | |
329 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
330 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
331 | } | |
332 | ||
333 | wxString m_typeName; | |
334 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
335 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
336 | ||
337 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
338 | }; | |
339 | ||
340 | ||
341 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, | |
342 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
343 | ||
344 | ||
345 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry | |
346 | { | |
347 | public: | |
348 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
349 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
350 | ||
351 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
352 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
353 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
354 | ||
355 | // find one of already registered data types | |
356 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
357 | ||
358 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
359 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
360 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
361 | ||
362 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
363 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
364 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
365 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
366 | ||
367 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
368 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
369 | ||
370 | private: | |
371 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
372 | }; | |
373 | ||
374 | ||
375 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
376 | // conditional compilation | |
377 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
378 | ||
379 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
380 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
381 | #endif | |
382 | ||
383 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
384 | // globals | |
385 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
386 | ||
387 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
388 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
389 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
390 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
391 | #endif | |
392 | ||
393 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
394 | // constants | |
395 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
396 | ||
397 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
398 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
399 | ||
400 | // scroll line size | |
401 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
402 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
403 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
404 | // | |
405 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
406 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
407 | // -- Robin | |
408 | // | |
409 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs | |
410 | // fixing anyhow | |
411 | // -- Vadim | |
412 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; | |
413 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
414 | ||
415 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
416 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
417 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
418 | ||
419 | #if 0 | |
420 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
421 | // private functions | |
422 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
423 | ||
424 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) | |
425 | { | |
426 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
427 | } | |
428 | ||
429 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) | |
430 | { | |
431 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
432 | } | |
433 | #endif | |
434 | ||
435 | // ============================================================================ | |
436 | // implementation | |
437 | // ============================================================================ | |
438 | ||
439 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
440 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
441 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
442 | ||
443 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
444 | { | |
445 | m_control = NULL; | |
446 | m_attr = NULL; | |
447 | } | |
448 | ||
449 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
450 | { | |
451 | Destroy(); | |
452 | } | |
453 | ||
454 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
455 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
456 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
457 | { | |
458 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
459 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
460 | } | |
461 | ||
462 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
463 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
464 | { | |
465 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
466 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
467 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
468 | if (gridWindow) | |
469 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
470 | ||
471 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
472 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
473 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
474 | ||
475 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
476 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
477 | } | |
478 | ||
479 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
480 | { | |
481 | if (m_control) | |
482 | { | |
483 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); | |
484 | ||
485 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
486 | m_control = NULL; | |
487 | } | |
488 | } | |
489 | ||
490 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
491 | { | |
492 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
493 | ||
494 | m_control->Show(show); | |
495 | ||
496 | if ( show ) | |
497 | { | |
498 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
499 | if ( attr ) | |
500 | { | |
501 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
502 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
503 | ||
504 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
505 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
506 | ||
507 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
508 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
509 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
510 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
511 | #endif | |
512 | ||
513 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
514 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
515 | } | |
516 | } | |
517 | else | |
518 | { | |
519 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
520 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
521 | { | |
522 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
523 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
524 | } | |
525 | ||
526 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
527 | { | |
528 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
529 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
530 | } | |
531 | ||
532 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
533 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
534 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
535 | { | |
536 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
537 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
538 | } | |
539 | #endif | |
540 | } | |
541 | } | |
542 | ||
543 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
544 | { | |
545 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
546 | ||
547 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
548 | } | |
549 | ||
550 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
551 | { | |
552 | event.Skip(); | |
553 | } | |
554 | ||
555 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
556 | { | |
557 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); | |
558 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); | |
559 | ||
560 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
561 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of | |
562 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. | |
563 | alt = event.MetaDown(); | |
564 | #endif | |
565 | ||
566 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are | |
567 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them | |
568 | // through in that case. | |
569 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) | |
570 | return false; | |
571 | ||
572 | int key = 0; | |
573 | bool keyOk = true; | |
574 | ||
575 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
576 | // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the | |
577 | // editor. | |
578 | if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START) | |
579 | return false; | |
580 | #endif | |
581 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
582 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may | |
583 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a | |
584 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but | |
585 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. | |
586 | key = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
587 | if (key <= 127) | |
588 | { | |
589 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
590 | keyOk = (key <= 127); | |
591 | } | |
592 | #else | |
593 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
594 | keyOk = (key <= 255); | |
595 | #endif | |
596 | ||
597 | return keyOk; | |
598 | } | |
599 | ||
600 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
601 | { | |
602 | event.Skip(); | |
603 | } | |
604 | ||
605 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
606 | { | |
607 | } | |
608 | ||
609 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
610 | ||
611 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
612 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
613 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
614 | ||
615 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
616 | { | |
617 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
618 | } | |
619 | ||
620 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
621 | wxWindowID id, | |
622 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
623 | { | |
624 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
625 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
626 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
627 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | wxNO_BORDER | |
628 | #endif | |
629 | ); | |
630 | ||
631 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
632 | if (m_maxChars != 0) | |
633 | { | |
634 | ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
635 | } | |
636 | ||
637 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
638 | } | |
639 | ||
640 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
641 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
642 | { | |
643 | // as we fill the entire client area, | |
644 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker | |
645 | } | |
646 | ||
647 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
648 | { | |
649 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
650 | ||
651 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins | |
652 | // | |
653 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix | |
654 | // | |
655 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
656 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
657 | { | |
658 | rect.x += 1; | |
659 | rect.y += 1; | |
660 | rect.width -= 1; | |
661 | rect.height -= 1; | |
662 | } | |
663 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
664 | if ( rect.x == 0 ) | |
665 | rect.x += 2; | |
666 | else | |
667 | rect.x += 3; | |
668 | ||
669 | if ( rect.y == 0 ) | |
670 | rect.y += 2; | |
671 | else | |
672 | rect.y += 3; | |
673 | ||
674 | rect.width -= 2; | |
675 | rect.height -= 2; | |
676 | #else | |
677 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
678 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
679 | ||
680 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
681 | extra_x *= 2; | |
682 | extra_y *= 2; | |
683 | #endif | |
684 | ||
685 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
686 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
687 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); | |
688 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); | |
689 | #endif | |
690 | ||
691 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
692 | } | |
693 | ||
694 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
695 | { | |
696 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
697 | ||
698 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
699 | ||
700 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
701 | } | |
702 | ||
703 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
704 | { | |
705 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
706 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
707 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); | |
708 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
709 | } | |
710 | ||
711 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
712 | { | |
713 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
714 | ||
715 | bool changed = false; | |
716 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
717 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
718 | changed = true; | |
719 | ||
720 | if (changed) | |
721 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
722 | ||
723 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
724 | ||
725 | // No point in setting the text of the hidden control | |
726 | //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
727 | ||
728 | return changed; | |
729 | } | |
730 | ||
731 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
732 | { | |
733 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
734 | ||
735 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
736 | } | |
737 | ||
738 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
739 | { | |
740 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
741 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
742 | } | |
743 | ||
744 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
745 | { | |
746 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); | |
747 | } | |
748 | ||
749 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
750 | { | |
751 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no | |
752 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. | |
753 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have | |
754 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. | |
755 | ||
756 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); | |
757 | wxChar ch; | |
758 | long pos; | |
759 | ||
760 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
761 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
762 | if (ch <= 127) | |
763 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
764 | #else | |
765 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
766 | #endif | |
767 | ||
768 | switch (ch) | |
769 | { | |
770 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
771 | // delete the character at the cursor | |
772 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
773 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) | |
774 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); | |
775 | break; | |
776 | ||
777 | case WXK_BACK: | |
778 | // delete the character before the cursor | |
779 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
780 | if (pos > 0) | |
781 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); | |
782 | break; | |
783 | ||
784 | default: | |
785 | tc->WriteText(ch); | |
786 | break; | |
787 | } | |
788 | } | |
789 | ||
790 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
791 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
792 | { | |
793 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
794 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
795 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
796 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
797 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
798 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
799 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
800 | #else | |
801 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
802 | // | |
803 | event.Skip(); | |
804 | #endif | |
805 | } | |
806 | ||
807 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
808 | { | |
809 | if ( !params ) | |
810 | { | |
811 | // reset to default | |
812 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
813 | } | |
814 | else | |
815 | { | |
816 | long tmp; | |
817 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
818 | { | |
819 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
820 | } | |
821 | else | |
822 | { | |
823 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); | |
824 | } | |
825 | } | |
826 | } | |
827 | ||
828 | // return the value in the text control | |
829 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
830 | { | |
831 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
832 | } | |
833 | ||
834 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
835 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
836 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
837 | ||
838 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
839 | { | |
840 | m_min = min; | |
841 | m_max = max; | |
842 | } | |
843 | ||
844 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
845 | wxWindowID id, | |
846 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
847 | { | |
848 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
849 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
850 | { | |
851 | // create a spin ctrl | |
852 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, | |
853 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
854 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
855 | m_min, m_max); | |
856 | ||
857 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
858 | } | |
859 | else | |
860 | #endif | |
861 | { | |
862 | // just a text control | |
863 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
864 | ||
865 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
866 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
867 | #endif | |
868 | } | |
869 | } | |
870 | ||
871 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
872 | { | |
873 | // first get the value | |
874 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
875 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
876 | { | |
877 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
878 | } | |
879 | else | |
880 | { | |
881 | m_valueOld = 0; | |
882 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
883 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
884 | { | |
885 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
886 | return; | |
887 | } | |
888 | } | |
889 | ||
890 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
891 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
892 | { | |
893 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
894 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
895 | } | |
896 | else | |
897 | #endif | |
898 | { | |
899 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
900 | } | |
901 | } | |
902 | ||
903 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
904 | wxGrid* grid) | |
905 | { | |
906 | bool changed; | |
907 | long value = 0; | |
908 | wxString text; | |
909 | ||
910 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
911 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
912 | { | |
913 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
914 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
915 | if (changed) | |
916 | text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
917 | } | |
918 | else | |
919 | #endif | |
920 | { | |
921 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
922 | changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
923 | } | |
924 | ||
925 | if ( changed ) | |
926 | { | |
927 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
928 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
929 | else | |
930 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
931 | } | |
932 | ||
933 | return changed; | |
934 | } | |
935 | ||
936 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
937 | { | |
938 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
939 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
940 | { | |
941 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
942 | } | |
943 | else | |
944 | #endif | |
945 | { | |
946 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
947 | } | |
948 | } | |
949 | ||
950 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
951 | { | |
952 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
953 | { | |
954 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
955 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
956 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) | |
957 | { | |
958 | return true; | |
959 | } | |
960 | } | |
961 | ||
962 | return false; | |
963 | } | |
964 | ||
965 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
966 | { | |
967 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
968 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
969 | { | |
970 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') | |
971 | { | |
972 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
973 | ||
974 | // skip Skip() below | |
975 | return; | |
976 | } | |
977 | } | |
978 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
979 | else | |
980 | { | |
981 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) | |
982 | { | |
983 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; | |
984 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); | |
985 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); | |
986 | return; | |
987 | } | |
988 | } | |
989 | #endif | |
990 | ||
991 | event.Skip(); | |
992 | } | |
993 | ||
994 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
995 | { | |
996 | if ( !params ) | |
997 | { | |
998 | // reset to default | |
999 | m_min = | |
1000 | m_max = -1; | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | else | |
1003 | { | |
1004 | long tmp; | |
1005 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
1008 | ||
1009 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1010 | { | |
1011 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
1012 | ||
1013 | // skip the error message below | |
1014 | return; | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | } | |
1017 | ||
1018 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | } | |
1021 | ||
1022 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
1023 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
1024 | { | |
1025 | wxString s; | |
1026 | ||
1027 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1028 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1029 | { | |
1030 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1031 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1032 | } | |
1033 | else | |
1034 | #endif | |
1035 | { | |
1036 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | ||
1039 | return s; | |
1040 | } | |
1041 | ||
1042 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1043 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1044 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1045 | ||
1046 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1047 | { | |
1048 | m_width = width; | |
1049 | m_precision = precision; | |
1050 | } | |
1051 | ||
1052 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1053 | wxWindowID id, | |
1054 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1057 | ||
1058 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1059 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1060 | #endif | |
1061 | } | |
1062 | ||
1063 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | // first get the value | |
1066 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1067 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1068 | { | |
1069 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1070 | } | |
1071 | else | |
1072 | { | |
1073 | m_valueOld = 0.0; | |
1074 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1075 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
1076 | { | |
1077 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1078 | return; | |
1079 | } | |
1080 | } | |
1081 | ||
1082 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1083 | } | |
1084 | ||
1085 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1086 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1087 | { | |
1088 | double value = 0.0; | |
1089 | wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); | |
1090 | ||
1091 | if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && | |
1092 | !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) ) | |
1093 | { | |
1094 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1095 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1096 | else | |
1097 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1098 | ||
1099 | return true; | |
1100 | } | |
1101 | ||
1102 | return false; | |
1103 | } | |
1104 | ||
1105 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1106 | { | |
1107 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | ||
1110 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1111 | { | |
1112 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1113 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1114 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1115 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1116 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1117 | ||
1118 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1119 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == | |
1120 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1121 | #else | |
1122 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1123 | #endif | |
1124 | ||
1125 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
1126 | || is_decimal_point ) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1129 | ||
1130 | // skip Skip() below | |
1131 | return; | |
1132 | } | |
1133 | ||
1134 | event.Skip(); | |
1135 | } | |
1136 | ||
1137 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1138 | { | |
1139 | if ( !params ) | |
1140 | { | |
1141 | // reset to default | |
1142 | m_width = | |
1143 | m_precision = -1; | |
1144 | } | |
1145 | else | |
1146 | { | |
1147 | long tmp; | |
1148 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1149 | { | |
1150 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1151 | ||
1152 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1153 | { | |
1154 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1155 | ||
1156 | // skip the error message below | |
1157 | return; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | } | |
1160 | ||
1161 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | } | |
1164 | ||
1165 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1166 | { | |
1167 | wxString fmt; | |
1168 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | // default precision | |
1171 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1172 | } | |
1173 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) | |
1174 | { | |
1175 | // default width | |
1176 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) | |
1179 | { | |
1180 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1181 | } | |
1182 | else | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | // default width/precision | |
1185 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | ||
1188 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | ||
1191 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1192 | { | |
1193 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1194 | { | |
1195 | const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1196 | if ( isascii(keycode) ) | |
1197 | { | |
1198 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1199 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1200 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1201 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1202 | ||
1203 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1204 | const wxString decimalPoint = | |
1205 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); | |
1206 | #else | |
1207 | const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.')); | |
1208 | #endif | |
1209 | ||
1210 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' | |
1211 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || | |
1212 | tolower(keycode) == 'e' || | |
1213 | keycode == decimalPoint || | |
1214 | keycode == '+' || | |
1215 | keycode == '-' ) | |
1216 | { | |
1217 | return true; | |
1218 | } | |
1219 | } | |
1220 | } | |
1221 | ||
1222 | return false; | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | ||
1225 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1226 | ||
1227 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1228 | ||
1229 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1230 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1231 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1232 | ||
1233 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1234 | wxWindowID id, | |
1235 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1236 | { | |
1237 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1238 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1239 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1240 | ||
1241 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1242 | } | |
1243 | ||
1244 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1245 | { | |
1246 | bool resize = false; | |
1247 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1248 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1249 | ||
1250 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1251 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1252 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1253 | { | |
1254 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1255 | size = sizeBest; | |
1256 | ||
1257 | resize = true; | |
1258 | } | |
1259 | ||
1260 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1261 | { | |
1262 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1263 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1264 | ||
1265 | resize = true; | |
1266 | } | |
1267 | ||
1268 | if ( resize ) | |
1269 | { | |
1270 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1271 | } | |
1272 | ||
1273 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1274 | ||
1275 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1276 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1277 | // so shift it to the right | |
1278 | size.x -= 8; | |
1279 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1280 | // here too, but in other way | |
1281 | size.x += 1; | |
1282 | size.y -= 2; | |
1283 | #endif | |
1284 | ||
1285 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1286 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1287 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1288 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1289 | ||
1290 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1291 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1292 | { | |
1293 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1294 | ||
1295 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1296 | x += 2; | |
1297 | #endif | |
1298 | ||
1299 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1300 | } | |
1301 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1302 | { | |
1303 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1304 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1305 | } | |
1306 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1307 | { | |
1308 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
1309 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1310 | } | |
1311 | ||
1312 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1313 | } | |
1314 | ||
1315 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1316 | { | |
1317 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1318 | ||
1319 | if ( show ) | |
1320 | { | |
1321 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1322 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1323 | } | |
1324 | } | |
1325 | ||
1326 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1327 | { | |
1328 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1329 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1330 | ||
1331 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1332 | { | |
1333 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1334 | } | |
1335 | else | |
1336 | { | |
1337 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1338 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
1339 | } | |
1340 | ||
1341 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1342 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1343 | } | |
1344 | ||
1345 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1346 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1347 | { | |
1348 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1349 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1350 | ||
1351 | bool changed = false; | |
1352 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1353 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1354 | changed = true; | |
1355 | ||
1356 | if ( changed ) | |
1357 | { | |
1358 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1359 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1360 | else | |
1361 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | return changed; | |
1365 | } | |
1366 | ||
1367 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1368 | { | |
1369 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1370 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1371 | ||
1372 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1373 | } | |
1374 | ||
1375 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1376 | { | |
1377 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1378 | } | |
1379 | ||
1380 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1381 | { | |
1382 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1383 | { | |
1384 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1385 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1386 | { | |
1387 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1388 | case '+': | |
1389 | case '-': | |
1390 | return true; | |
1391 | } | |
1392 | } | |
1393 | ||
1394 | return false; | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | ||
1397 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1398 | { | |
1399 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1400 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1401 | { | |
1402 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1403 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1404 | break; | |
1405 | ||
1406 | case '+': | |
1407 | CBox()->SetValue(true); | |
1408 | break; | |
1409 | ||
1410 | case '-': | |
1411 | CBox()->SetValue(false); | |
1412 | break; | |
1413 | } | |
1414 | } | |
1415 | ||
1416 | ||
1417 | // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false | |
1418 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1421 | return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString; | |
1422 | } | |
1423 | ||
1424 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1425 | ||
1426 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1427 | ||
1428 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1429 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1430 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1431 | ||
1432 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, | |
1433 | bool allowOthers) | |
1434 | : m_choices(choices), | |
1435 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } | |
1436 | ||
1437 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1438 | const wxString choices[], | |
1439 | bool allowOthers) | |
1440 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1441 | { | |
1442 | if ( count ) | |
1443 | { | |
1444 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1445 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1446 | { | |
1447 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1448 | } | |
1449 | } | |
1450 | } | |
1451 | ||
1452 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1455 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1456 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1457 | ||
1458 | return editor; | |
1459 | } | |
1460 | ||
1461 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1462 | wxWindowID id, | |
1463 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1464 | { | |
1465 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1466 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1467 | m_choices, | |
1468 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1469 | ||
1470 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1471 | } | |
1472 | ||
1473 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1474 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1475 | { | |
1476 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1477 | // flicker | |
1478 | ||
1479 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1480 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to | |
1481 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. | |
1482 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1483 | } | |
1484 | ||
1485 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1486 | { | |
1487 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1488 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1489 | ||
1490 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; | |
1491 | if (m_control) | |
1492 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); | |
1493 | ||
1494 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit | |
1495 | if (evtHandler) | |
1496 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); | |
1497 | ||
1498 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1499 | ||
1500 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1501 | { | |
1502 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1503 | } | |
1504 | else | |
1505 | { | |
1506 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
1507 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); | |
1508 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1509 | pos = 0; | |
1510 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
1511 | } | |
1512 | ||
1513 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1514 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1515 | ||
1516 | if (evtHandler) | |
1517 | { | |
1518 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event | |
1519 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. | |
1520 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1521 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); | |
1522 | #endif | |
1523 | } | |
1524 | } | |
1525 | ||
1526 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1527 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1528 | { | |
1529 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1530 | if ( value == m_startValue ) | |
1531 | return false; | |
1532 | ||
1533 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1534 | ||
1535 | return true; | |
1536 | } | |
1537 | ||
1538 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1539 | { | |
1540 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1541 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1542 | } | |
1543 | ||
1544 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | if ( !params ) | |
1547 | { | |
1548 | // what can we do? | |
1549 | return; | |
1550 | } | |
1551 | ||
1552 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1553 | ||
1554 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1555 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1556 | { | |
1557 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1558 | } | |
1559 | } | |
1560 | ||
1561 | // return the value in the text control | |
1562 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
1563 | { | |
1564 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1565 | } | |
1566 | ||
1567 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1568 | ||
1569 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1570 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1571 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1572 | ||
1573 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
1574 | { | |
1575 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it | |
1576 | if (m_inSetFocus) | |
1577 | return; | |
1578 | ||
1579 | // accept changes | |
1580 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1581 | ||
1582 | event.Skip(); | |
1583 | } | |
1584 | ||
1585 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1586 | { | |
1587 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1588 | { | |
1589 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1590 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1591 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1592 | break; | |
1593 | ||
1594 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1595 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1596 | break; | |
1597 | ||
1598 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1599 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1600 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1601 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1602 | break; | |
1603 | ||
1604 | default: | |
1605 | event.Skip(); | |
1606 | break; | |
1607 | } | |
1608 | } | |
1609 | ||
1610 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1611 | { | |
1612 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); | |
1613 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); | |
1614 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); | |
1615 | int cw, ch; | |
1616 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
1617 | ||
1618 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible | |
1619 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); | |
1620 | ||
1621 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1622 | { | |
1623 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1624 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1625 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1626 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1627 | break; | |
1628 | ||
1629 | case WXK_HOME: | |
1630 | { | |
1631 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1632 | { | |
1633 | // no special processing needed... | |
1634 | event.Skip(); | |
1635 | break; | |
1636 | } | |
1637 | ||
1638 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1639 | ||
1640 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1641 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1642 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1643 | { | |
1644 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1645 | } | |
1646 | ||
1647 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1648 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1649 | if (col != 0) | |
1650 | { | |
1651 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1652 | } | |
1653 | else | |
1654 | { | |
1655 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1656 | } | |
1657 | event.Skip(); | |
1658 | break; | |
1659 | } | |
1660 | ||
1661 | case WXK_END: | |
1662 | { | |
1663 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1664 | { | |
1665 | // no special processing needed... | |
1666 | event.Skip(); | |
1667 | break; | |
1668 | } | |
1669 | ||
1670 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1671 | ||
1672 | int textWidth = 0; | |
1673 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); | |
1674 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) | |
1675 | { | |
1676 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) | |
1677 | int y; | |
1678 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); | |
1679 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); | |
1680 | ||
1681 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling | |
1682 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
1683 | ||
1684 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, | |
1685 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar | |
1686 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? | |
1687 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); | |
1688 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) | |
1689 | { | |
1690 | textWidth = 0; | |
1691 | } | |
1692 | } | |
1693 | ||
1694 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1695 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1696 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1697 | { | |
1698 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1699 | } | |
1700 | ||
1701 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents | |
1702 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents | |
1703 | colXPos += textWidth; | |
1704 | ||
1705 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1706 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1707 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1708 | event.Skip(); | |
1709 | break; | |
1710 | } | |
1711 | ||
1712 | default: | |
1713 | event.Skip(); | |
1714 | break; | |
1715 | } | |
1716 | } | |
1717 | ||
1718 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1719 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1720 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1721 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1722 | ||
1723 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1724 | { | |
1725 | // nothing to do | |
1726 | } | |
1727 | ||
1728 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1729 | { | |
1730 | } | |
1731 | ||
1732 | // ============================================================================ | |
1733 | // renderer classes | |
1734 | // ============================================================================ | |
1735 | ||
1736 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1737 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1738 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1739 | ||
1740 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1741 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1742 | wxDC& dc, | |
1743 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1744 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1745 | bool isSelected) | |
1746 | { | |
1747 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1748 | ||
1749 | // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
1750 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1753 | { | |
1754 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1755 | } | |
1756 | else | |
1757 | { | |
1758 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1759 | } | |
1760 | } | |
1761 | else | |
1762 | { | |
1763 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID)); | |
1764 | } | |
1765 | ||
1766 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1767 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1768 | } | |
1769 | ||
1770 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1771 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1772 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1773 | ||
1774 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, | |
1775 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1776 | wxDC& dc, | |
1777 | bool isSelected) | |
1778 | { | |
1779 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1780 | ||
1781 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1782 | ||
1783 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
1784 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1785 | { | |
1786 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1787 | { | |
1788 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1789 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1790 | } | |
1791 | else | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1794 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1795 | } | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | else | |
1798 | { | |
1799 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
1800 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
1801 | } | |
1802 | ||
1803 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1804 | } | |
1805 | ||
1806 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1807 | wxDC& dc, | |
1808 | const wxString& text) | |
1809 | { | |
1810 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1811 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1812 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1813 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1814 | { | |
1815 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1816 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1817 | } | |
1818 | ||
1819 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1820 | ||
1821 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1822 | } | |
1823 | ||
1824 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1825 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1826 | wxDC& dc, | |
1827 | int row, int col) | |
1828 | { | |
1829 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1830 | } | |
1831 | ||
1832 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1833 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1834 | wxDC& dc, | |
1835 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1836 | int row, int col, | |
1837 | bool isSelected) | |
1838 | { | |
1839 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1840 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1841 | ||
1842 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
1843 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1844 | ||
1845 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1846 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1847 | ||
1848 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
1849 | ||
1850 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
1851 | { | |
1852 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
1853 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
1854 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
1855 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 | |
1856 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
1857 | { | |
1858 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
1859 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
1860 | { | |
1861 | bool is_empty = true; | |
1862 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
1863 | { | |
1864 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
1865 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
1866 | if (c_rows > 0) | |
1867 | c_rows = 0; | |
1868 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) | |
1869 | { | |
1870 | is_empty = false; | |
1871 | break; | |
1872 | } | |
1873 | } | |
1874 | ||
1875 | if (is_empty) | |
1876 | { | |
1877 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
1878 | } | |
1879 | else | |
1880 | { | |
1881 | i--; | |
1882 | break; | |
1883 | } | |
1884 | ||
1885 | if (rect.width >= best_width) | |
1886 | break; | |
1887 | } | |
1888 | ||
1889 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
1890 | if (overflowCols >= cols) | |
1891 | overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
1892 | } | |
1893 | ||
1894 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
1895 | { | |
1896 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
1897 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
1898 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
1899 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
1900 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; | |
1901 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
1902 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
1903 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
1904 | { | |
1905 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1906 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1907 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
1908 | ||
1909 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
1910 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
1911 | ||
1912 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1913 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1914 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1915 | } | |
1916 | ||
1917 | rect = rectCell; | |
1918 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1919 | rect.width++; | |
1920 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1921 | } | |
1922 | } | |
1923 | ||
1924 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1925 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1926 | ||
1927 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1928 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1929 | } | |
1930 | ||
1931 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1932 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1933 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1934 | ||
1935 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1936 | { | |
1937 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1938 | wxString text; | |
1939 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1940 | { | |
1941 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1942 | } | |
1943 | else | |
1944 | { | |
1945 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1946 | } | |
1947 | ||
1948 | return text; | |
1949 | } | |
1950 | ||
1951 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1952 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1953 | wxDC& dc, | |
1954 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1955 | int row, int col, | |
1956 | bool isSelected) | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1959 | ||
1960 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1961 | ||
1962 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1963 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1964 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1965 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1966 | ||
1967 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1968 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1969 | ||
1970 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1971 | } | |
1972 | ||
1973 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1974 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1975 | wxDC& dc, | |
1976 | int row, int col) | |
1977 | { | |
1978 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1979 | } | |
1980 | ||
1981 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1982 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1983 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1984 | ||
1985 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1986 | { | |
1987 | SetWidth(width); | |
1988 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1989 | } | |
1990 | ||
1991 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1992 | { | |
1993 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1994 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1995 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1996 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1997 | ||
1998 | return renderer; | |
1999 | } | |
2000 | ||
2001 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2002 | { | |
2003 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2004 | ||
2005 | bool hasDouble; | |
2006 | double val; | |
2007 | wxString text; | |
2008 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
2011 | hasDouble = true; | |
2012 | } | |
2013 | else | |
2014 | { | |
2015 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2016 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
2017 | } | |
2018 | ||
2019 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
2020 | { | |
2021 | if ( !m_format ) | |
2022 | { | |
2023 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
2024 | { | |
2025 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2026 | { | |
2027 | // default width/precision | |
2028 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
2029 | } | |
2030 | else | |
2031 | { | |
2032 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
2033 | } | |
2034 | } | |
2035 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2036 | { | |
2037 | // default precision | |
2038 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
2039 | } | |
2040 | else | |
2041 | { | |
2042 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
2043 | } | |
2044 | } | |
2045 | ||
2046 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
2047 | ||
2048 | } | |
2049 | //else: text already contains the string | |
2050 | ||
2051 | return text; | |
2052 | } | |
2053 | ||
2054 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2055 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2056 | wxDC& dc, | |
2057 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2058 | int row, int col, | |
2059 | bool isSelected) | |
2060 | { | |
2061 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2062 | ||
2063 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2064 | ||
2065 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2066 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2067 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2068 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2069 | ||
2070 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2071 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2072 | ||
2073 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2074 | } | |
2075 | ||
2076 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2077 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2078 | wxDC& dc, | |
2079 | int row, int col) | |
2080 | { | |
2081 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2082 | } | |
2083 | ||
2084 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2085 | { | |
2086 | if ( !params ) | |
2087 | { | |
2088 | // reset to defaults | |
2089 | SetWidth(-1); | |
2090 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
2091 | } | |
2092 | else | |
2093 | { | |
2094 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
2095 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | long width; | |
2098 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
2099 | { | |
2100 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
2101 | } | |
2102 | else | |
2103 | { | |
2104 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2105 | } | |
2106 | } | |
2107 | ||
2108 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
2109 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2110 | { | |
2111 | long precision; | |
2112 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
2113 | { | |
2114 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
2115 | } | |
2116 | else | |
2117 | { | |
2118 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2119 | } | |
2120 | } | |
2121 | } | |
2122 | } | |
2123 | ||
2124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2125 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
2126 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2127 | ||
2128 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2129 | ||
2130 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
2131 | ||
2132 | // between checkmark and box | |
2133 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
2134 | ||
2135 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2136 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
2137 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
2138 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
2139 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
2140 | { | |
2141 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
2142 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
2143 | { | |
2144 | // get checkbox size | |
2145 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); | |
2146 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
2147 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
2148 | ||
2149 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
2150 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2151 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
2152 | #endif | |
2153 | ||
2154 | delete checkbox; | |
2155 | ||
2156 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
2157 | } | |
2158 | ||
2159 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2160 | } | |
2161 | ||
2162 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2163 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2164 | wxDC& dc, | |
2165 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2166 | int row, int col, | |
2167 | bool isSelected) | |
2168 | { | |
2169 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
2170 | ||
2171 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
2172 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
2173 | ||
2174 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
2175 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
2176 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
2177 | { | |
2178 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
2179 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
2180 | } | |
2181 | ||
2182 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
2183 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
2184 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2185 | ||
2186 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2187 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2188 | { | |
2189 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
2190 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2191 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2192 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2193 | } | |
2194 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2195 | { | |
2196 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2197 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2198 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2199 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2200 | } | |
2201 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2202 | { | |
2203 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2204 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2205 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2206 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2207 | } | |
2208 | ||
2209 | bool value; | |
2210 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2211 | { | |
2212 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2213 | } | |
2214 | else | |
2215 | { | |
2216 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2217 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
2218 | } | |
2219 | ||
2220 | if ( value ) | |
2221 | { | |
2222 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
2223 | ||
2224 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
2225 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
2226 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2); | |
2227 | rectMark.x++; | |
2228 | rectMark.y++; | |
2229 | #else | |
2230 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
2231 | #endif | |
2232 | ||
2233 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
2234 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
2235 | } | |
2236 | ||
2237 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
2238 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
2239 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
2240 | } | |
2241 | ||
2242 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2243 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2244 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2245 | ||
2246 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2247 | { | |
2248 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2249 | ||
2250 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2251 | ||
2252 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2253 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2254 | ||
2255 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2256 | ||
2257 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2258 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2259 | ||
2260 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2261 | } | |
2262 | ||
2263 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2264 | { | |
2265 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2266 | ||
2267 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2268 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2269 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2270 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2271 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2272 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2273 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2274 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2275 | ||
2276 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2277 | ||
2278 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2279 | { | |
2280 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2281 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2282 | } | |
2283 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2284 | { | |
2285 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2286 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2287 | } | |
2288 | ||
2289 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2290 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2291 | ||
2292 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2293 | ||
2294 | return attr; | |
2295 | } | |
2296 | ||
2297 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2298 | { | |
2299 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2300 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2301 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2302 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2303 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2304 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2305 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
2306 | { | |
2307 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2308 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2309 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
2312 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2313 | ||
2314 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2315 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2316 | // | |
2317 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2318 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2319 | { | |
2320 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2321 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2322 | } | |
2323 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2324 | { | |
2325 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2326 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2327 | } | |
2328 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2329 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2330 | ||
2331 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2332 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2333 | ||
2334 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2335 | } | |
2336 | ||
2337 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2338 | { | |
2339 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2340 | ||
2341 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2342 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2343 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2344 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2345 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2346 | ||
2347 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2348 | ||
2349 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
2350 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
2351 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
2352 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
2353 | ||
2354 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
2355 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
2356 | } | |
2357 | ||
2358 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
2359 | { | |
2360 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
2361 | { | |
2362 | return m_colText; | |
2363 | } | |
2364 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2365 | { | |
2366 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
2367 | } | |
2368 | else | |
2369 | { | |
2370 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2371 | return wxNullColour; | |
2372 | } | |
2373 | } | |
2374 | ||
2375 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
2376 | { | |
2377 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
2378 | { | |
2379 | return m_colBack; | |
2380 | } | |
2381 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2382 | { | |
2383 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2384 | } | |
2385 | else | |
2386 | { | |
2387 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2388 | return wxNullColour; | |
2389 | } | |
2390 | } | |
2391 | ||
2392 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
2393 | { | |
2394 | if (HasFont()) | |
2395 | { | |
2396 | return m_font; | |
2397 | } | |
2398 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2399 | { | |
2400 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
2401 | } | |
2402 | else | |
2403 | { | |
2404 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2405 | return wxNullFont; | |
2406 | } | |
2407 | } | |
2408 | ||
2409 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
2410 | { | |
2411 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | if ( hAlign ) | |
2414 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2415 | if ( vAlign ) | |
2416 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2417 | } | |
2418 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2419 | { | |
2420 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2421 | } | |
2422 | else | |
2423 | { | |
2424 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2425 | } | |
2426 | } | |
2427 | ||
2428 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
2429 | { | |
2430 | if ( num_rows ) | |
2431 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
2432 | if ( num_cols ) | |
2433 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
2434 | } | |
2435 | ||
2436 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2437 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2438 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2439 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2440 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2441 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2442 | ||
2443 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2444 | { | |
2445 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
2446 | ||
2447 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2448 | { | |
2449 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
2450 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2451 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2452 | } | |
2453 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
2454 | { | |
2455 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
2456 | if ( grid ) | |
2457 | { | |
2458 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2459 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | ||
2462 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
2463 | { | |
2464 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2465 | { | |
2466 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2467 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2468 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2469 | } | |
2470 | else // default grid attr | |
2471 | { | |
2472 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2473 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2474 | if ( renderer ) | |
2475 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2476 | } | |
2477 | } | |
2478 | } | |
2479 | ||
2480 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2481 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2482 | ||
2483 | return renderer; | |
2484 | } | |
2485 | ||
2486 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2487 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2488 | { | |
2489 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
2490 | ||
2491 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2492 | { | |
2493 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2494 | editor = m_editor; | |
2495 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2496 | } | |
2497 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2500 | if ( grid ) | |
2501 | { | |
2502 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2503 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2504 | } | |
2505 | ||
2506 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
2507 | { | |
2508 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2509 | { | |
2510 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2511 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2512 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2513 | } | |
2514 | else // default grid attr | |
2515 | { | |
2516 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2517 | editor = m_editor; | |
2518 | if ( editor ) | |
2519 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2520 | } | |
2521 | } | |
2522 | } | |
2523 | ||
2524 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2525 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2526 | ||
2527 | return editor; | |
2528 | } | |
2529 | ||
2530 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2531 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2532 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2533 | ||
2534 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2535 | { | |
2536 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2537 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2538 | { | |
2539 | // add the attribute | |
2540 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2541 | } | |
2542 | else | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | // free the old attribute | |
2545 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); | |
2546 | ||
2547 | if ( attr ) | |
2548 | { | |
2549 | // change the attribute | |
2550 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2551 | } | |
2552 | else | |
2553 | { | |
2554 | // remove this attribute | |
2555 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2556 | } | |
2557 | } | |
2558 | } | |
2559 | ||
2560 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2561 | { | |
2562 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2563 | ||
2564 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2565 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2566 | { | |
2567 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2568 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2569 | } | |
2570 | ||
2571 | return attr; | |
2572 | } | |
2573 | ||
2574 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2575 | { | |
2576 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2577 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2578 | { | |
2579 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2580 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2581 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2582 | { | |
2583 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2584 | { | |
2585 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2586 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2587 | } | |
2588 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2589 | { | |
2590 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2591 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2592 | { | |
2593 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2594 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2595 | } | |
2596 | else | |
2597 | { | |
2598 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2599 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2600 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2601 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2602 | n--; | |
2603 | count--; | |
2604 | } | |
2605 | } | |
2606 | } | |
2607 | } | |
2608 | } | |
2609 | ||
2610 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2611 | { | |
2612 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2613 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2614 | { | |
2615 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2616 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2617 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2618 | { | |
2619 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2620 | { | |
2621 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2622 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2623 | } | |
2624 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2625 | { | |
2626 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2627 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2628 | { | |
2629 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2630 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2631 | } | |
2632 | else | |
2633 | { | |
2634 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2635 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2636 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2637 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2638 | n--; | |
2639 | count--; | |
2640 | } | |
2641 | } | |
2642 | } | |
2643 | } | |
2644 | } | |
2645 | ||
2646 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2647 | { | |
2648 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2649 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2650 | { | |
2651 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2652 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2653 | { | |
2654 | return n; | |
2655 | } | |
2656 | } | |
2657 | ||
2658 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2659 | } | |
2660 | ||
2661 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2662 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2663 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2664 | ||
2665 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2666 | { | |
2667 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2668 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2669 | { | |
2670 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2671 | } | |
2672 | } | |
2673 | ||
2674 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2675 | { | |
2676 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2677 | ||
2678 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2679 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2680 | { | |
2681 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2682 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2683 | } | |
2684 | ||
2685 | return attr; | |
2686 | } | |
2687 | ||
2688 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2689 | { | |
2690 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2691 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2692 | { | |
2693 | // add the attribute | |
2694 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2695 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2696 | } | |
2697 | else | |
2698 | { | |
2699 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2700 | if ( attr ) | |
2701 | { | |
2702 | // change the attribute | |
2703 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2704 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2705 | } | |
2706 | else | |
2707 | { | |
2708 | // remove this attribute | |
2709 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2710 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2711 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2712 | } | |
2713 | } | |
2714 | } | |
2715 | ||
2716 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2717 | { | |
2718 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2719 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2720 | { | |
2721 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2722 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2723 | { | |
2724 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2725 | { | |
2726 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2727 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2728 | } | |
2729 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2730 | { | |
2731 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2732 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2733 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2734 | else | |
2735 | { | |
2736 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2737 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2738 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2739 | n--; | |
2740 | count--; | |
2741 | } | |
2742 | } | |
2743 | } | |
2744 | } | |
2745 | } | |
2746 | ||
2747 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2748 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2749 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2750 | ||
2751 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2752 | { | |
2753 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2754 | } | |
2755 | ||
2756 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2757 | { | |
2758 | delete m_data; | |
2759 | } | |
2760 | ||
2761 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2762 | { | |
2763 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2764 | } | |
2765 | ||
2766 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2767 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2768 | { | |
2769 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2770 | if ( m_data ) | |
2771 | { | |
2772 | switch (kind) | |
2773 | { | |
2774 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2775 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
2776 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
2777 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2778 | if (!attr) | |
2779 | { | |
2780 | // Basically implement old version. | |
2781 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2782 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2783 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2784 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2785 | ||
2786 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
2787 | { | |
2788 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
2789 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2790 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2791 | ||
2792 | // Order is important.. | |
2793 | if (attrcell) | |
2794 | { | |
2795 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2796 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2797 | } | |
2798 | if (attrcol) | |
2799 | { | |
2800 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2801 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2802 | } | |
2803 | if (attrrow) | |
2804 | { | |
2805 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2806 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2807 | } | |
2808 | ||
2809 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2810 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2811 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2812 | } | |
2813 | else | |
2814 | { | |
2815 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2816 | if (attrrow) | |
2817 | attr = attrrow; | |
2818 | if (attrcol) | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | if (attr) | |
2821 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2822 | attr = attrcol; | |
2823 | } | |
2824 | if (attrcell) | |
2825 | { | |
2826 | if (attr) | |
2827 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2828 | attr = attrcell; | |
2829 | } | |
2830 | } | |
2831 | } | |
2832 | break; | |
2833 | ||
2834 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2835 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2836 | break; | |
2837 | ||
2838 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2839 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2840 | break; | |
2841 | ||
2842 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2843 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2844 | break; | |
2845 | ||
2846 | default: | |
2847 | // unused as yet... | |
2848 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2849 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2850 | break; | |
2851 | } | |
2852 | } | |
2853 | ||
2854 | return attr; | |
2855 | } | |
2856 | ||
2857 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2858 | int row, int col) | |
2859 | { | |
2860 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2861 | InitData(); | |
2862 | ||
2863 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2864 | } | |
2865 | ||
2866 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2867 | { | |
2868 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2869 | InitData(); | |
2870 | ||
2871 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2872 | } | |
2873 | ||
2874 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2875 | { | |
2876 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2877 | InitData(); | |
2878 | ||
2879 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2880 | } | |
2881 | ||
2882 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2883 | { | |
2884 | if ( m_data ) | |
2885 | { | |
2886 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2887 | ||
2888 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2889 | } | |
2890 | } | |
2891 | ||
2892 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2893 | { | |
2894 | if ( m_data ) | |
2895 | { | |
2896 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2897 | ||
2898 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2899 | } | |
2900 | } | |
2901 | ||
2902 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2903 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2904 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2905 | ||
2906 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2907 | { | |
2908 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2909 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2910 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2911 | } | |
2912 | ||
2913 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2914 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2915 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2916 | { | |
2917 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2918 | ||
2919 | // is it already registered? | |
2920 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2921 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2922 | { | |
2923 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2924 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2925 | } | |
2926 | else | |
2927 | { | |
2928 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2929 | } | |
2930 | } | |
2931 | ||
2932 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2933 | { | |
2934 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2935 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2936 | { | |
2937 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2938 | { | |
2939 | return i; | |
2940 | } | |
2941 | } | |
2942 | ||
2943 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2944 | } | |
2945 | ||
2946 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2947 | { | |
2948 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2949 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2950 | { | |
2951 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2952 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2953 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2954 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2955 | { | |
2956 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2957 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2958 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2959 | } | |
2960 | else | |
2961 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2962 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2963 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2964 | { | |
2965 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2966 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2967 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2968 | } | |
2969 | else | |
2970 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2971 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2972 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2973 | { | |
2974 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2975 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2976 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2977 | } | |
2978 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2979 | { | |
2980 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2981 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2982 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2983 | } | |
2984 | else | |
2985 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2986 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2987 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2988 | { | |
2989 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2990 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2991 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2992 | } | |
2993 | else | |
2994 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2995 | { | |
2996 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2997 | } | |
2998 | ||
2999 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
3000 | // the last index | |
3001 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3002 | } | |
3003 | ||
3004 | return index; | |
3005 | } | |
3006 | ||
3007 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3008 | { | |
3009 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
3010 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3011 | { | |
3012 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
3013 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
3014 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
3015 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3016 | { | |
3017 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3018 | } | |
3019 | ||
3020 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
3021 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
3022 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
3023 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
3024 | ||
3025 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
3026 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
3027 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
3028 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
3029 | ||
3030 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
3031 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
3032 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
3033 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
3034 | ||
3035 | // register the new typename | |
3036 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3037 | ||
3038 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
3039 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3040 | } | |
3041 | ||
3042 | return index; | |
3043 | } | |
3044 | ||
3045 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
3046 | { | |
3047 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
3048 | if (renderer) | |
3049 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3050 | ||
3051 | return renderer; | |
3052 | } | |
3053 | ||
3054 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
3055 | { | |
3056 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
3057 | if (editor) | |
3058 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3059 | ||
3060 | return editor; | |
3061 | } | |
3062 | ||
3063 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3064 | // wxGridTableBase | |
3065 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3066 | ||
3067 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
3068 | ||
3069 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
3070 | { | |
3071 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
3072 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
3073 | } | |
3074 | ||
3075 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
3076 | { | |
3077 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3078 | } | |
3079 | ||
3080 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
3081 | { | |
3082 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3083 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
3084 | } | |
3085 | ||
3086 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
3087 | { | |
3088 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
3089 | { | |
3090 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
3091 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
3092 | } | |
3093 | ||
3094 | return true; | |
3095 | } | |
3096 | ||
3097 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
3098 | { | |
3099 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3100 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
3101 | else | |
3102 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
3103 | } | |
3104 | ||
3105 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
3106 | { | |
3107 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3108 | { | |
3109 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
3110 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3111 | } | |
3112 | else | |
3113 | { | |
3114 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3115 | // free it now | |
3116 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3117 | } | |
3118 | } | |
3119 | ||
3120 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3121 | { | |
3122 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3123 | { | |
3124 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
3125 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
3126 | } | |
3127 | else | |
3128 | { | |
3129 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3130 | // free it now | |
3131 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3132 | } | |
3133 | } | |
3134 | ||
3135 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3136 | { | |
3137 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3138 | { | |
3139 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
3140 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
3141 | } | |
3142 | else | |
3143 | { | |
3144 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3145 | // free it now | |
3146 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3147 | } | |
3148 | } | |
3149 | ||
3150 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3151 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3152 | { | |
3153 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
3154 | ||
3155 | return false; | |
3156 | } | |
3157 | ||
3158 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3159 | { | |
3160 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3161 | ||
3162 | return false; | |
3163 | } | |
3164 | ||
3165 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3166 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3167 | { | |
3168 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3169 | ||
3170 | return false; | |
3171 | } | |
3172 | ||
3173 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3174 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3175 | { | |
3176 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3177 | ||
3178 | return false; | |
3179 | } | |
3180 | ||
3181 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3182 | { | |
3183 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3184 | ||
3185 | return false; | |
3186 | } | |
3187 | ||
3188 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3189 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3190 | { | |
3191 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3192 | ||
3193 | return false; | |
3194 | } | |
3195 | ||
3196 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3197 | { | |
3198 | wxString s; | |
3199 | ||
3200 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
3201 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
3202 | s << row + 1; | |
3203 | ||
3204 | return s; | |
3205 | } | |
3206 | ||
3207 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3208 | { | |
3209 | // default col labels are: | |
3210 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
3211 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
3212 | // etc. | |
3213 | ||
3214 | wxString s; | |
3215 | unsigned int i, n; | |
3216 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
3217 | { | |
3218 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
3219 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
3220 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
3221 | break; | |
3222 | } | |
3223 | ||
3224 | // reverse the string... | |
3225 | wxString s2; | |
3226 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3227 | { | |
3228 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
3229 | } | |
3230 | ||
3231 | return s2; | |
3232 | } | |
3233 | ||
3234 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3235 | { | |
3236 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3237 | } | |
3238 | ||
3239 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3240 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3241 | { | |
3242 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3243 | } | |
3244 | ||
3245 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3246 | { | |
3247 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3248 | } | |
3249 | ||
3250 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3251 | { | |
3252 | return 0; | |
3253 | } | |
3254 | ||
3255 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3256 | { | |
3257 | return 0.0; | |
3258 | } | |
3259 | ||
3260 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | return false; | |
3263 | } | |
3264 | ||
3265 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3266 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3267 | { | |
3268 | } | |
3269 | ||
3270 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3271 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3272 | { | |
3273 | } | |
3274 | ||
3275 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3276 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3277 | { | |
3278 | } | |
3279 | ||
3280 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3281 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3282 | { | |
3283 | return NULL; | |
3284 | } | |
3285 | ||
3286 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3287 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3288 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3289 | { | |
3290 | } | |
3291 | ||
3292 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3293 | // | |
3294 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3295 | // to the grid view | |
3296 | // | |
3297 | ||
3298 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3299 | { | |
3300 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3301 | m_id = -1; | |
3302 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3303 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3304 | } | |
3305 | ||
3306 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3307 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3308 | { | |
3309 | m_table = table; | |
3310 | m_id = id; | |
3311 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3312 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3313 | } | |
3314 | ||
3315 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3316 | // | |
3317 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3318 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3319 | // | |
3320 | ||
3321 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3322 | ||
3323 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3324 | ||
3325 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3326 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3327 | { | |
3328 | } | |
3329 | ||
3330 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3331 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3332 | { | |
3333 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3334 | ||
3335 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3336 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3337 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3338 | ||
3339 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3340 | } | |
3341 | ||
3342 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
3343 | { | |
3344 | } | |
3345 | ||
3346 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
3347 | { | |
3348 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
3349 | } | |
3350 | ||
3351 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
3352 | { | |
3353 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
3354 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3355 | else | |
3356 | return 0; | |
3357 | } | |
3358 | ||
3359 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
3360 | { | |
3361 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3362 | wxEmptyString, | |
3363 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3364 | ||
3365 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
3366 | } | |
3367 | ||
3368 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3369 | { | |
3370 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3371 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3372 | ||
3373 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
3374 | } | |
3375 | ||
3376 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
3377 | { | |
3378 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3379 | true, | |
3380 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3381 | ||
3382 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
3383 | } | |
3384 | ||
3385 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
3386 | { | |
3387 | int row, col; | |
3388 | int numRows, numCols; | |
3389 | ||
3390 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3391 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
3392 | { | |
3393 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3394 | ||
3395 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
3396 | { | |
3397 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
3398 | { | |
3399 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
3400 | } | |
3401 | } | |
3402 | } | |
3403 | } | |
3404 | ||
3405 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3406 | { | |
3407 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3408 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3409 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3410 | ||
3411 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3412 | { | |
3413 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
3414 | } | |
3415 | ||
3416 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3417 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3418 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3419 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
3420 | ||
3421 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3422 | { | |
3423 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3424 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
3425 | pos, | |
3426 | numRows ); | |
3427 | ||
3428 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3429 | } | |
3430 | ||
3431 | return true; | |
3432 | } | |
3433 | ||
3434 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
3435 | { | |
3436 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3437 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3438 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3439 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3440 | ||
3441 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3442 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
3443 | { | |
3444 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3445 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3446 | } | |
3447 | ||
3448 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3449 | ||
3450 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3451 | { | |
3452 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3453 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
3454 | numRows ); | |
3455 | ||
3456 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3457 | } | |
3458 | ||
3459 | return true; | |
3460 | } | |
3461 | ||
3462 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3463 | { | |
3464 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3465 | ||
3466 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3467 | { | |
3468 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3469 | ( | |
3470 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
3471 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3472 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
3473 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
3474 | ) ); | |
3475 | ||
3476 | return false; | |
3477 | } | |
3478 | ||
3479 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3480 | { | |
3481 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3482 | } | |
3483 | ||
3484 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3485 | { | |
3486 | m_data.Clear(); | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | else | |
3489 | { | |
3490 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
3491 | } | |
3492 | ||
3493 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3494 | { | |
3495 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3496 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3497 | pos, | |
3498 | numRows ); | |
3499 | ||
3500 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3501 | } | |
3502 | ||
3503 | return true; | |
3504 | } | |
3505 | ||
3506 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3507 | { | |
3508 | size_t row, col; | |
3509 | ||
3510 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3511 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3512 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3513 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3514 | ||
3515 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3516 | { | |
3517 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3518 | } | |
3519 | ||
3520 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3521 | { | |
3522 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
3523 | ||
3524 | size_t i; | |
3525 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
3526 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
3527 | } | |
3528 | ||
3529 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3530 | { | |
3531 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3534 | } | |
3535 | } | |
3536 | ||
3537 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3538 | { | |
3539 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3540 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3541 | pos, | |
3542 | numCols ); | |
3543 | ||
3544 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3545 | } | |
3546 | ||
3547 | return true; | |
3548 | } | |
3549 | ||
3550 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3551 | { | |
3552 | size_t row; | |
3553 | ||
3554 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3555 | ||
3556 | #if 0 | |
3557 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3558 | { | |
3559 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3560 | // | |
3561 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3562 | return false; | |
3563 | } | |
3564 | #endif | |
3565 | ||
3566 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3567 | { | |
3568 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3569 | } | |
3570 | ||
3571 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3572 | { | |
3573 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3574 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3575 | numCols ); | |
3576 | ||
3577 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3578 | } | |
3579 | ||
3580 | return true; | |
3581 | } | |
3582 | ||
3583 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3584 | { | |
3585 | size_t row; | |
3586 | ||
3587 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3588 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3589 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3590 | ||
3591 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3592 | { | |
3593 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3594 | ( | |
3595 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
3596 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3597 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
3598 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
3599 | ) ); | |
3600 | return false; | |
3601 | } | |
3602 | ||
3603 | int colID; | |
3604 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3605 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
3606 | else | |
3607 | colID = pos; | |
3608 | ||
3609 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
3610 | { | |
3611 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
3612 | } | |
3613 | ||
3614 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3615 | { | |
3616 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
3617 | } | |
3618 | ||
3619 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3620 | { | |
3621 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3622 | { | |
3623 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3624 | } | |
3625 | else | |
3626 | { | |
3627 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
3628 | } | |
3629 | } | |
3630 | ||
3631 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3634 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3635 | pos, | |
3636 | numCols ); | |
3637 | ||
3638 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | ||
3641 | return true; | |
3642 | } | |
3643 | ||
3644 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3647 | { | |
3648 | // using default label | |
3649 | // | |
3650 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3651 | } | |
3652 | else | |
3653 | { | |
3654 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
3655 | } | |
3656 | } | |
3657 | ||
3658 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3659 | { | |
3660 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3661 | { | |
3662 | // using default label | |
3663 | // | |
3664 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3665 | } | |
3666 | else | |
3667 | { | |
3668 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
3669 | } | |
3670 | } | |
3671 | ||
3672 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3673 | { | |
3674 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3675 | { | |
3676 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3677 | int i; | |
3678 | ||
3679 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3680 | { | |
3681 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3682 | } | |
3683 | } | |
3684 | ||
3685 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3686 | } | |
3687 | ||
3688 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3689 | { | |
3690 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3691 | { | |
3692 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3693 | int i; | |
3694 | ||
3695 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3696 | { | |
3697 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3698 | } | |
3699 | } | |
3700 | ||
3701 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3702 | } | |
3703 | ||
3704 | ||
3705 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3706 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3707 | ||
3708 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3709 | ||
3710 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3711 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3712 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3713 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3714 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3715 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3716 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3717 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3718 | ||
3719 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3720 | wxWindowID id, | |
3721 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3722 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3723 | { | |
3724 | m_owner = parent; | |
3725 | } | |
3726 | ||
3727 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3728 | { | |
3729 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3730 | ||
3731 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3732 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3733 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3734 | // | |
3735 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3736 | ||
3737 | int x, y; | |
3738 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3739 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3740 | ||
3741 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3742 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
3743 | } | |
3744 | ||
3745 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3746 | { | |
3747 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3748 | } | |
3749 | ||
3750 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3751 | { | |
3752 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3753 | } | |
3754 | ||
3755 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3756 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3757 | // | |
3758 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3759 | { | |
3760 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3761 | event.Skip(); | |
3762 | } | |
3763 | ||
3764 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3765 | { | |
3766 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3767 | event.Skip(); | |
3768 | } | |
3769 | ||
3770 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3771 | { | |
3772 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3773 | event.Skip(); | |
3774 | } | |
3775 | ||
3776 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3777 | ||
3778 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3779 | ||
3780 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3781 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3782 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3783 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3784 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3785 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3786 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3787 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3788 | ||
3789 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3790 | wxWindowID id, | |
3791 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3792 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3793 | { | |
3794 | m_owner = parent; | |
3795 | } | |
3796 | ||
3797 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3798 | { | |
3799 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3800 | ||
3801 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3802 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3803 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3804 | // | |
3805 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3806 | ||
3807 | int x, y; | |
3808 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3809 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3810 | ||
3811 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3812 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
3813 | } | |
3814 | ||
3815 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3816 | { | |
3817 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3818 | } | |
3819 | ||
3820 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3821 | { | |
3822 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3823 | } | |
3824 | ||
3825 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3826 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3827 | // | |
3828 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3829 | { | |
3830 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3831 | event.Skip(); | |
3832 | } | |
3833 | ||
3834 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3835 | { | |
3836 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3837 | event.Skip(); | |
3838 | } | |
3839 | ||
3840 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3841 | { | |
3842 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3843 | event.Skip(); | |
3844 | } | |
3845 | ||
3846 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3847 | ||
3848 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3849 | ||
3850 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3851 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3852 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3853 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3854 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3855 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3856 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3857 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3858 | ||
3859 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3860 | wxWindowID id, | |
3861 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3862 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3863 | { | |
3864 | m_owner = parent; | |
3865 | } | |
3866 | ||
3867 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3868 | { | |
3869 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3870 | ||
3871 | int client_height = 0; | |
3872 | int client_width = 0; | |
3873 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3874 | ||
3875 | // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME) | |
3876 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
3877 | wxRect rect; | |
3878 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
3879 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
3880 | rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 ); | |
3881 | rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 ); | |
3882 | ||
3883 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
3884 | #else // !__WXGTK__ | |
3885 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
3886 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 ); | |
3887 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 ); | |
3888 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3889 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3890 | ||
3891 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3892 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 ); | |
3893 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 ); | |
3894 | #endif | |
3895 | } | |
3896 | ||
3897 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3898 | { | |
3899 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3900 | } | |
3901 | ||
3902 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3903 | { | |
3904 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3905 | } | |
3906 | ||
3907 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3908 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3909 | // | |
3910 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3911 | { | |
3912 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3913 | event.Skip(); | |
3914 | } | |
3915 | ||
3916 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3917 | { | |
3918 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3919 | event.Skip(); | |
3920 | } | |
3921 | ||
3922 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3923 | { | |
3924 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3925 | event.Skip(); | |
3926 | } | |
3927 | ||
3928 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3929 | ||
3930 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3931 | ||
3932 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3933 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3934 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3935 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3936 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3937 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3938 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
3939 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3940 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3941 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3942 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3943 | ||
3944 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3945 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3946 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3947 | wxWindowID id, | |
3948 | const wxPoint &pos, | |
3949 | const wxSize &size ) | |
3950 | : wxWindow( | |
3951 | parent, id, pos, size, | |
3952 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, | |
3953 | wxT("grid window") ) | |
3954 | { | |
3955 | m_owner = parent; | |
3956 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3957 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3958 | } | |
3959 | ||
3960 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3961 | { | |
3962 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3963 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3964 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3965 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3966 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3967 | ||
3968 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3969 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3970 | #endif | |
3971 | ||
3972 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3973 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3974 | } | |
3975 | ||
3976 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3977 | { | |
3978 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3979 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3980 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3981 | } | |
3982 | ||
3983 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3984 | { | |
3985 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
3986 | SetFocus(); | |
3987 | ||
3988 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3989 | } | |
3990 | ||
3991 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3992 | { | |
3993 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3994 | } | |
3995 | ||
3996 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3997 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3998 | // | |
3999 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4000 | { | |
4001 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4002 | event.Skip(); | |
4003 | } | |
4004 | ||
4005 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4006 | { | |
4007 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4008 | event.Skip(); | |
4009 | } | |
4010 | ||
4011 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4012 | { | |
4013 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4014 | event.Skip(); | |
4015 | } | |
4016 | ||
4017 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4018 | { | |
4019 | } | |
4020 | ||
4021 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
4022 | { | |
4023 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4024 | event.Skip(); | |
4025 | } | |
4026 | ||
4027 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4028 | ||
4029 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
4030 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
4031 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
4032 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
4033 | ||
4034 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function | |
4035 | ||
4036 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
4037 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
4038 | bool clipToMinMax); | |
4039 | ||
4040 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
4041 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ | |
4042 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \ | |
4043 | m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true) | |
4044 | ||
4045 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4046 | ||
4047 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
4048 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4049 | ||
4050 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4051 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
4052 | // use them for streaming out | |
4053 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
4054 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
4055 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
4056 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
4057 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
4058 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
4059 | ||
4060 | // old style border flags | |
4061 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
4062 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
4063 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
4064 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
4065 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
4066 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
4067 | ||
4068 | // standard window styles | |
4069 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
4070 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
4071 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
4072 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
4073 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
4074 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
4075 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
4076 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
4077 | ||
4078 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4079 | ||
4080 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
4081 | ||
4082 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4083 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
4084 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
4085 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
4086 | ||
4087 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4088 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
4089 | ||
4090 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
4091 | ||
4092 | /* | |
4093 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
4094 | */ | |
4095 | #else | |
4096 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4097 | #endif | |
4098 | ||
4099 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4100 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
4101 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
4102 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
4103 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
4104 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
4105 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4106 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4107 | ||
4108 | wxGrid::wxGrid() | |
4109 | { | |
4110 | // in order to make sure that a size event is not | |
4111 | // trigerred in a unfinished state | |
4112 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
4113 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
4114 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
4115 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
4116 | } | |
4117 | ||
4118 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
4119 | wxWindowID id, | |
4120 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
4121 | const wxSize& size, | |
4122 | long style, | |
4123 | const wxString& name ) | |
4124 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
4125 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
4126 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
4127 | { | |
4128 | Create(); | |
4129 | SetBestFittingSize(size); | |
4130 | } | |
4131 | ||
4132 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
4133 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
4134 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
4135 | { | |
4136 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4137 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
4138 | return false; | |
4139 | ||
4140 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4141 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4142 | ||
4143 | Create(); | |
4144 | SetBestFittingSize(size); | |
4145 | ||
4146 | return true; | |
4147 | } | |
4148 | ||
4149 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
4150 | { | |
4151 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
4152 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
4153 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4154 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4155 | ||
4156 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
4157 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
4158 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
4159 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
4160 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
4161 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
4162 | #endif | |
4163 | ||
4164 | if (m_ownTable) | |
4165 | delete m_table; | |
4166 | ||
4167 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
4168 | delete m_selection; | |
4169 | } | |
4170 | ||
4171 | // | |
4172 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
4173 | // | |
4174 | ||
4175 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
4176 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
4177 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
4178 | ||
4179 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
4180 | { | |
4181 | // set to true by CreateGrid | |
4182 | m_created = false; | |
4183 | ||
4184 | // create the type registry | |
4185 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
4186 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4187 | ||
4188 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
4189 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4190 | ||
4191 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
4192 | ||
4193 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
4194 | ||
4195 | // Set default cell attributes | |
4196 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4197 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
4198 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
4199 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
4200 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
4201 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
4202 | ||
4203 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4204 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4205 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4206 | ||
4207 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
4208 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
4209 | ||
4210 | #else | |
4211 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
4212 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
4213 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
4214 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
4215 | #endif | |
4216 | ||
4217 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4218 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4219 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4220 | ||
4221 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4222 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4223 | ||
4224 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
4225 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
4226 | wxID_ANY, | |
4227 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4228 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4229 | ||
4230 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
4231 | wxID_ANY, | |
4232 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4233 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4234 | ||
4235 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
4236 | wxID_ANY, | |
4237 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4238 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4239 | ||
4240 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
4241 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
4242 | m_colLabelWin, | |
4243 | wxID_ANY, | |
4244 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4245 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4246 | ||
4247 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
4248 | ||
4249 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4250 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
4251 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
4252 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
4253 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
4254 | #else | |
4255 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4256 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
4257 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4258 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
4259 | #endif | |
4260 | ||
4261 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4262 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4263 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4264 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4265 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4266 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4267 | ||
4268 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
4269 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
4270 | ||
4271 | Init(); | |
4272 | } | |
4273 | ||
4274 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
4275 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4276 | { | |
4277 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
4278 | false, | |
4279 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
4280 | ||
4281 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
4282 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
4283 | ||
4284 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
4285 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4286 | m_ownTable = true; | |
4287 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4288 | ||
4289 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4290 | ||
4291 | m_created = true; | |
4292 | ||
4293 | return m_created; | |
4294 | } | |
4295 | ||
4296 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
4297 | { | |
4298 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
4299 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4300 | ||
4301 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
4302 | } | |
4303 | ||
4304 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
4305 | { | |
4306 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells, | |
4307 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4308 | ||
4309 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
4310 | } | |
4311 | ||
4312 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
4313 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4314 | { | |
4315 | if ( m_created ) | |
4316 | { | |
4317 | // stop all processing | |
4318 | m_created = false; | |
4319 | ||
4320 | if (m_ownTable) | |
4321 | { | |
4322 | wxGridTableBase *t = m_table; | |
4323 | m_table = NULL; | |
4324 | delete t; | |
4325 | } | |
4326 | ||
4327 | delete m_selection; | |
4328 | ||
4329 | m_table = NULL; | |
4330 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4331 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4332 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4333 | } | |
4334 | ||
4335 | if (table) | |
4336 | { | |
4337 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
4338 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
4339 | ||
4340 | m_table = table; | |
4341 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4342 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
4343 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4344 | ||
4345 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4346 | ||
4347 | m_created = true; | |
4348 | } | |
4349 | ||
4350 | return m_created; | |
4351 | } | |
4352 | ||
4353 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
4354 | { | |
4355 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4356 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4357 | ||
4358 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
4359 | { | |
4360 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
4361 | } | |
4362 | else | |
4363 | { | |
4364 | m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; | |
4365 | } | |
4366 | ||
4367 | m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4368 | ||
4369 | // init attr cache | |
4370 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
4371 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
4372 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
4373 | ||
4374 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
4375 | // | |
4376 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
4377 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
4378 | ||
4379 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4380 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4381 | ||
4382 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4383 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4384 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
4385 | ||
4386 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
4387 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
4388 | ||
4389 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
4390 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
4391 | ||
4392 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
4393 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
4394 | #else | |
4395 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
4396 | #endif | |
4397 | ||
4398 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
4399 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
4400 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4401 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
4402 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
4403 | ||
4404 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
4405 | ||
4406 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
4407 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4408 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
4409 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
4410 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
4411 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
4412 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4413 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4414 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4415 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4416 | ||
4417 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
4418 | ||
4419 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4420 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4421 | ||
4422 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4423 | ||
4424 | ClearSelection(); | |
4425 | ||
4426 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4427 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4428 | ||
4429 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
4430 | ||
4431 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4432 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4433 | ||
4434 | m_extraWidth = | |
4435 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4436 | ||
4437 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
4438 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
4439 | } | |
4440 | ||
4441 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4442 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4443 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4444 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4445 | // arrays at all | |
4446 | // | |
4447 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
4448 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
4449 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4450 | ||
4451 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4452 | { | |
4453 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4454 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4455 | ||
4456 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4457 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4458 | ||
4459 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
4460 | ||
4461 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
4462 | ||
4463 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4464 | { | |
4465 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
4466 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
4467 | } | |
4468 | } | |
4469 | ||
4470 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
4471 | { | |
4472 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4473 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4474 | ||
4475 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4476 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4477 | int colRight = 0; | |
4478 | ||
4479 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
4480 | ||
4481 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4482 | { | |
4483 | colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
4484 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
4485 | } | |
4486 | } | |
4487 | ||
4488 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
4489 | { | |
4490 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
4491 | } | |
4492 | ||
4493 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
4494 | { | |
4495 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4496 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
4497 | } | |
4498 | ||
4499 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
4500 | { | |
4501 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4502 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
4503 | } | |
4504 | ||
4505 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
4506 | { | |
4507 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4508 | } | |
4509 | ||
4510 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
4511 | { | |
4512 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4513 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4514 | } | |
4515 | ||
4516 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
4517 | { | |
4518 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4519 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
4522 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
4523 | { | |
4524 | int cw, ch; | |
4525 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4526 | ||
4527 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4528 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4529 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4530 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
4531 | ||
4532 | // grid total size | |
4533 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
4534 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
4535 | ||
4536 | // take into account editor if shown | |
4537 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4538 | { | |
4539 | int w2, h2; | |
4540 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4541 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4542 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
4543 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
4544 | ||
4545 | // how big is the editor | |
4546 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
4547 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
4548 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
4549 | w2 += x; | |
4550 | h2 += y; | |
4551 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
4552 | w = w2; | |
4553 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
4554 | h = h2; | |
4555 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4556 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4557 | } | |
4558 | ||
4559 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
4560 | int x, y; | |
4561 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
4562 | ||
4563 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
4564 | if ( x >= w ) | |
4565 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
4566 | if ( y >= h ) | |
4567 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
4568 | ||
4569 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
4570 | SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY, | |
4571 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y, | |
4572 | GetBatchCount() != 0); | |
4573 | ||
4574 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
4575 | // still must reposition the children | |
4576 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4577 | } | |
4578 | ||
4579 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
4580 | { | |
4581 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
4582 | ||
4583 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
4584 | return; | |
4585 | ||
4586 | int cw, ch; | |
4587 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4588 | ||
4589 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4590 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4591 | ||
4592 | if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4593 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4594 | ||
4595 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4596 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4597 | ||
4598 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
4599 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4600 | } | |
4601 | ||
4602 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
4603 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
4604 | // | |
4605 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4606 | { | |
4607 | int i; | |
4608 | bool result = false; | |
4609 | ||
4610 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
4611 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
4612 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4613 | ||
4614 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
4615 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
4616 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
4617 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
4618 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
4619 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4620 | ||
4621 | #if 0 | |
4622 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
4623 | // now | |
4624 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4625 | { | |
4626 | InitColWidths(); | |
4627 | } | |
4628 | ||
4629 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4630 | { | |
4631 | InitRowHeights(); | |
4632 | } | |
4633 | #endif | |
4634 | ||
4635 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4636 | { | |
4637 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4638 | { | |
4639 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4640 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4641 | ||
4642 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4643 | ||
4644 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4645 | { | |
4646 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
4647 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
4648 | ||
4649 | int bottom = 0; | |
4650 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4651 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
4652 | ||
4653 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4654 | { | |
4655 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4656 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4657 | } | |
4658 | } | |
4659 | ||
4660 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4661 | { | |
4662 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4663 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4664 | // | |
4665 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4666 | } | |
4667 | ||
4668 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4669 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4670 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4671 | if (attrProvider) | |
4672 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4673 | ||
4674 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4675 | { | |
4676 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4677 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4678 | } | |
4679 | } | |
4680 | result = true; | |
4681 | break; | |
4682 | ||
4683 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4684 | { | |
4685 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4686 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
4687 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4688 | ||
4689 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4690 | { | |
4691 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
4692 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
4693 | ||
4694 | int bottom = 0; | |
4695 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
4696 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
4697 | ||
4698 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4699 | { | |
4700 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4701 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4702 | } | |
4703 | } | |
4704 | ||
4705 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4706 | { | |
4707 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4708 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4709 | // | |
4710 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4711 | } | |
4712 | ||
4713 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4714 | { | |
4715 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4716 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4717 | } | |
4718 | } | |
4719 | result = true; | |
4720 | break; | |
4721 | ||
4722 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4723 | { | |
4724 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4725 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4726 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4727 | ||
4728 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4729 | { | |
4730 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4731 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4732 | ||
4733 | int h = 0; | |
4734 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4735 | { | |
4736 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4737 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4738 | } | |
4739 | } | |
4740 | ||
4741 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4742 | { | |
4743 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4744 | } | |
4745 | else | |
4746 | { | |
4747 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4748 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4749 | } | |
4750 | ||
4751 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4752 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4753 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4754 | if (attrProvider) | |
4755 | { | |
4756 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4757 | ||
4758 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4759 | #if 0 | |
4760 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4761 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4762 | // all column attributes. | |
4763 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4764 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4765 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4766 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4767 | #endif | |
4768 | } | |
4769 | ||
4770 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4771 | { | |
4772 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4773 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4774 | } | |
4775 | } | |
4776 | result = true; | |
4777 | break; | |
4778 | ||
4779 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4780 | { | |
4781 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4782 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4783 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4784 | ||
4785 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4786 | { | |
4787 | //Shift the column IDs | |
4788 | int i; | |
4789 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
4790 | { | |
4791 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
4792 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
4793 | } | |
4794 | ||
4795 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
4796 | ||
4797 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
4798 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
4799 | { | |
4800 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
4801 | } | |
4802 | } | |
4803 | ||
4804 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4805 | { | |
4806 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
4807 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
4808 | ||
4809 | int right = 0; | |
4810 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4811 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
4812 | ||
4813 | int colPos; | |
4814 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4815 | { | |
4816 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4817 | ||
4818 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4819 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4820 | } | |
4821 | } | |
4822 | ||
4823 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4824 | { | |
4825 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4826 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4827 | // | |
4828 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4829 | } | |
4830 | ||
4831 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4832 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4833 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4834 | if (attrProvider) | |
4835 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4836 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4837 | { | |
4838 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4839 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4840 | } | |
4841 | } | |
4842 | result = true; | |
4843 | break; | |
4844 | ||
4845 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4846 | { | |
4847 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4848 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4849 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4850 | ||
4851 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4852 | { | |
4853 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4854 | ||
4855 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
4856 | int i; | |
4857 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4858 | { | |
4859 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
4860 | } | |
4861 | } | |
4862 | ||
4863 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4864 | { | |
4865 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
4866 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4867 | ||
4868 | int right = 0; | |
4869 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
4870 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
4871 | ||
4872 | int colPos; | |
4873 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4874 | { | |
4875 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4876 | ||
4877 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4878 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4879 | } | |
4880 | } | |
4881 | ||
4882 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4883 | { | |
4884 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4885 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4886 | // | |
4887 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4888 | } | |
4889 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4890 | { | |
4891 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4892 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4893 | } | |
4894 | } | |
4895 | result = true; | |
4896 | break; | |
4897 | ||
4898 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4899 | { | |
4900 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4901 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4902 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4903 | ||
4904 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4905 | { | |
4906 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
4907 | ||
4908 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4909 | ||
4910 | //Shift the column IDs | |
4911 | int colPos; | |
4912 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4913 | { | |
4914 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
4915 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
4916 | } | |
4917 | } | |
4918 | ||
4919 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4920 | { | |
4921 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4922 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4923 | ||
4924 | int w = 0; | |
4925 | int colPos; | |
4926 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4927 | { | |
4928 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4929 | ||
4930 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4931 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4932 | } | |
4933 | } | |
4934 | ||
4935 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4936 | { | |
4937 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4938 | } | |
4939 | else | |
4940 | { | |
4941 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4942 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4943 | } | |
4944 | ||
4945 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4946 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4947 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4948 | if (attrProvider) | |
4949 | { | |
4950 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4951 | ||
4952 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4953 | #if 0 | |
4954 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4955 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4956 | // all row attributes. | |
4957 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4958 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4959 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4960 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4961 | #endif | |
4962 | } | |
4963 | ||
4964 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4965 | { | |
4966 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4967 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4968 | } | |
4969 | } | |
4970 | result = true; | |
4971 | break; | |
4972 | } | |
4973 | ||
4974 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4975 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4976 | ||
4977 | return result; | |
4978 | } | |
4979 | ||
4980 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4981 | { | |
4982 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4983 | wxRect r; | |
4984 | ||
4985 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4986 | ||
4987 | int top, bottom; | |
4988 | while ( iter ) | |
4989 | { | |
4990 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4991 | ||
4992 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4993 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4994 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4995 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4996 | // | |
4997 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4998 | int cw, ch; | |
4999 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5000 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
5001 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5002 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5003 | #endif | |
5004 | ||
5005 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5006 | // | |
5007 | int dummy; | |
5008 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
5009 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
5010 | ||
5011 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
5012 | // | |
5013 | int row; | |
5014 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5015 | { | |
5016 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
5017 | continue; | |
5018 | ||
5019 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5020 | break; | |
5021 | ||
5022 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
5023 | } | |
5024 | ||
5025 | ++iter; | |
5026 | } | |
5027 | ||
5028 | return rowlabels; | |
5029 | } | |
5030 | ||
5031 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
5032 | { | |
5033 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5034 | wxRect r; | |
5035 | ||
5036 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
5037 | ||
5038 | int left, right; | |
5039 | while ( iter ) | |
5040 | { | |
5041 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5042 | ||
5043 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5044 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5045 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5046 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5047 | // | |
5048 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5049 | int cw, ch; | |
5050 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5051 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
5052 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5053 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5054 | #endif | |
5055 | ||
5056 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5057 | // | |
5058 | int dummy; | |
5059 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5060 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
5061 | ||
5062 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5063 | // | |
5064 | int col; | |
5065 | int colPos; | |
5066 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5067 | { | |
5068 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5069 | ||
5070 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
5071 | continue; | |
5072 | ||
5073 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5074 | break; | |
5075 | ||
5076 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
5077 | } | |
5078 | ||
5079 | ++iter; | |
5080 | } | |
5081 | ||
5082 | return colLabels; | |
5083 | } | |
5084 | ||
5085 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
5086 | { | |
5087 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5088 | wxRect r; | |
5089 | ||
5090 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
5091 | ||
5092 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
5093 | while ( iter ) | |
5094 | { | |
5095 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5096 | ||
5097 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5098 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5099 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5100 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5101 | // | |
5102 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5103 | int cw, ch; | |
5104 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5105 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5106 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5107 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5108 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5109 | #endif | |
5110 | ||
5111 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5112 | // | |
5113 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
5114 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
5115 | ||
5116 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5117 | // | |
5118 | int row, col; | |
5119 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5120 | { | |
5121 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
5122 | continue; | |
5123 | ||
5124 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5125 | break; | |
5126 | ||
5127 | int colPos; | |
5128 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5129 | { | |
5130 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5131 | ||
5132 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
5133 | continue; | |
5134 | ||
5135 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5136 | break; | |
5137 | ||
5138 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
5139 | } | |
5140 | } | |
5141 | ||
5142 | ++iter; | |
5143 | } | |
5144 | ||
5145 | return cellsExposed; | |
5146 | } | |
5147 | ||
5148 | ||
5149 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5150 | { | |
5151 | int x, y, row; | |
5152 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5153 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5154 | ||
5155 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5156 | { | |
5157 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5158 | { | |
5159 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5160 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5161 | } | |
5162 | ||
5163 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5164 | { | |
5165 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5166 | { | |
5167 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5168 | { | |
5169 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5170 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5171 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5172 | ||
5173 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5174 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5175 | y = wxMax( y, | |
5176 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5177 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5178 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5179 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5180 | { | |
5181 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5182 | } | |
5183 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5184 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5185 | } | |
5186 | break; | |
5187 | ||
5188 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5189 | { | |
5190 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
5191 | { | |
5192 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5193 | { | |
5194 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5195 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5196 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5197 | event.AltDown(), | |
5198 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5199 | } | |
5200 | } | |
5201 | } | |
5202 | break; | |
5203 | ||
5204 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5205 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5206 | default: | |
5207 | break; | |
5208 | } | |
5209 | } | |
5210 | return; | |
5211 | } | |
5212 | ||
5213 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5214 | return; | |
5215 | ||
5216 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5217 | { | |
5218 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5219 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5220 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5221 | } | |
5222 | ||
5223 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5224 | // | |
5225 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5226 | { | |
5227 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5228 | } | |
5229 | ||
5230 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5231 | // | |
5232 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5233 | { | |
5234 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5235 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
5236 | // wanting to resize the row | |
5237 | // | |
5238 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5239 | { | |
5240 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5241 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5242 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5243 | { | |
5244 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5245 | ClearSelection(); | |
5246 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5247 | { | |
5248 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5249 | { | |
5250 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5251 | 0, | |
5252 | row, | |
5253 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
5254 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5255 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5256 | event.AltDown(), | |
5257 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5258 | } | |
5259 | else | |
5260 | { | |
5261 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5262 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5263 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5264 | event.AltDown(), | |
5265 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5266 | } | |
5267 | } | |
5268 | ||
5269 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5270 | } | |
5271 | } | |
5272 | else | |
5273 | { | |
5274 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
5275 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5276 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5277 | } | |
5278 | } | |
5279 | ||
5280 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5281 | // | |
5282 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5283 | { | |
5284 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
5285 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
5286 | { | |
5287 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5288 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5289 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5290 | { | |
5291 | // no default action at the moment | |
5292 | } | |
5293 | } | |
5294 | else | |
5295 | { | |
5296 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
5297 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
5298 | ||
5299 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5300 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5301 | } | |
5302 | } | |
5303 | ||
5304 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5305 | // | |
5306 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5307 | { | |
5308 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5311 | ||
5312 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5313 | // default processing in this case | |
5314 | // | |
5315 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5316 | } | |
5317 | ||
5318 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5319 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5320 | } | |
5321 | ||
5322 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5323 | // | |
5324 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5325 | { | |
5326 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5327 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5328 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5329 | { | |
5330 | // no default action at the moment | |
5331 | } | |
5332 | } | |
5333 | ||
5334 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5335 | // | |
5336 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5337 | { | |
5338 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5339 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5340 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5341 | { | |
5342 | // no default action at the moment | |
5343 | } | |
5344 | } | |
5345 | ||
5346 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5347 | // | |
5348 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5349 | { | |
5350 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5351 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5352 | { | |
5353 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5354 | { | |
5355 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
5356 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5357 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5358 | } | |
5359 | } | |
5360 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5361 | { | |
5362 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5363 | } | |
5364 | } | |
5365 | } | |
5366 | ||
5367 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5368 | { | |
5369 | int x, y, col; | |
5370 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5371 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5372 | ||
5373 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5374 | { | |
5375 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5376 | { | |
5377 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5378 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5379 | ||
5380 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL ) | |
5381 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5382 | } | |
5383 | ||
5384 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5385 | { | |
5386 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5387 | { | |
5388 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5389 | { | |
5390 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5391 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5392 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5393 | ||
5394 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5395 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5396 | ||
5397 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5398 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5399 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5400 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5401 | { | |
5402 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5403 | } | |
5404 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5405 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5406 | } | |
5407 | break; | |
5408 | ||
5409 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5410 | { | |
5411 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
5412 | { | |
5413 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5414 | { | |
5415 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5416 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5417 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5418 | event.AltDown(), | |
5419 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5420 | } | |
5421 | } | |
5422 | } | |
5423 | break; | |
5424 | ||
5425 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5426 | { | |
5427 | if ( x < 0 ) | |
5428 | m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 ); | |
5429 | else | |
5430 | m_moveToCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5431 | ||
5432 | int markerX; | |
5433 | ||
5434 | if ( m_moveToCol < 0 ) | |
5435 | markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) ); | |
5436 | else | |
5437 | markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ); | |
5438 | ||
5439 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
5440 | { | |
5441 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5442 | ||
5443 | int cw, ch; | |
5444 | m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5445 | ||
5446 | markerX++; | |
5447 | ||
5448 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
5449 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5450 | { | |
5451 | wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
5452 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5453 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
5454 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5455 | ||
5456 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
5457 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
5458 | } | |
5459 | ||
5460 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
5461 | if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol) | |
5462 | || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1) | |
5463 | || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ))) | |
5464 | { | |
5465 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5466 | return; | |
5467 | } | |
5468 | ||
5469 | //Draw the marker | |
5470 | wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 ); | |
5471 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5472 | ||
5473 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
5474 | ||
5475 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5476 | ||
5477 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
5478 | } | |
5479 | } | |
5480 | break; | |
5481 | ||
5482 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5483 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5484 | default: | |
5485 | break; | |
5486 | } | |
5487 | } | |
5488 | return; | |
5489 | } | |
5490 | ||
5491 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5492 | return; | |
5493 | ||
5494 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5495 | { | |
5496 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5497 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5498 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5499 | } | |
5500 | ||
5501 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5502 | // | |
5503 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5504 | { | |
5505 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5506 | } | |
5507 | ||
5508 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5509 | // | |
5510 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5511 | { | |
5512 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5513 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
5514 | // wanting to resize the col | |
5515 | // | |
5516 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
5517 | { | |
5518 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5519 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5520 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5521 | { | |
5522 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
5523 | { | |
5524 | //Show button as pressed | |
5525 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5526 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
5527 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
5528 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
5529 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5530 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
5531 | ||
5532 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5533 | } | |
5534 | else | |
5535 | { | |
5536 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5537 | ClearSelection(); | |
5538 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5539 | { | |
5540 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5541 | { | |
5542 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
5543 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5544 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
5545 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5546 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5547 | event.AltDown(), | |
5548 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5549 | } | |
5550 | else | |
5551 | { | |
5552 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5553 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5554 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5555 | event.AltDown(), | |
5556 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5557 | } | |
5558 | } | |
5559 | ||
5560 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5561 | } | |
5562 | } | |
5563 | } | |
5564 | else | |
5565 | { | |
5566 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
5567 | // | |
5568 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5569 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5570 | } | |
5571 | } | |
5572 | ||
5573 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5574 | // | |
5575 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5576 | { | |
5577 | col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
5578 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
5579 | { | |
5580 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5581 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5582 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5583 | { | |
5584 | // no default action at the moment | |
5585 | } | |
5586 | } | |
5587 | else | |
5588 | { | |
5589 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
5590 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); | |
5591 | ||
5592 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5593 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5594 | } | |
5595 | } | |
5596 | ||
5597 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5598 | // | |
5599 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5600 | { | |
5601 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5602 | { | |
5603 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5604 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5605 | ||
5606 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5607 | // default processing in this case | |
5608 | // | |
5609 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5610 | break; | |
5611 | ||
5612 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5613 | DoEndDragMoveCol(); | |
5614 | ||
5615 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5616 | break; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5619 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
5620 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5621 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5622 | // nothing to do (?) | |
5623 | break; | |
5624 | } | |
5625 | ||
5626 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5627 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5628 | } | |
5629 | ||
5630 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5631 | // | |
5632 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5633 | { | |
5634 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5635 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5636 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5637 | { | |
5638 | // no default action at the moment | |
5639 | } | |
5640 | } | |
5641 | ||
5642 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5643 | // | |
5644 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5645 | { | |
5646 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5647 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5648 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5649 | { | |
5650 | // no default action at the moment | |
5651 | } | |
5652 | } | |
5653 | ||
5654 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5655 | // | |
5656 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5657 | { | |
5658 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5659 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5660 | { | |
5661 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5662 | { | |
5663 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
5664 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5665 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5666 | } | |
5667 | } | |
5668 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5669 | { | |
5670 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5671 | } | |
5672 | } | |
5673 | } | |
5674 | ||
5675 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5676 | { | |
5677 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5678 | { | |
5679 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
5680 | // col args == -1 | |
5681 | // | |
5682 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5683 | { | |
5684 | SelectAll(); | |
5685 | } | |
5686 | } | |
5687 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5688 | { | |
5689 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
5690 | } | |
5691 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5692 | { | |
5693 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5694 | { | |
5695 | // no default action at the moment | |
5696 | } | |
5697 | } | |
5698 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5699 | { | |
5700 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5701 | { | |
5702 | // no default action at the moment | |
5703 | } | |
5704 | } | |
5705 | } | |
5706 | ||
5707 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
5708 | wxWindow *win, | |
5709 | bool captureMouse) | |
5710 | { | |
5711 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
5712 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
5713 | { | |
5714 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
5715 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
5716 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
5717 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
5718 | _T("SELECT_COL"), | |
5719 | _T("MOVE_COL"), | |
5720 | }; | |
5721 | ||
5722 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
5723 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
5724 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
5725 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
5726 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
5727 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
5728 | #endif | |
5729 | ||
5730 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
5731 | win == m_winCapture && | |
5732 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
5733 | return; | |
5734 | ||
5735 | if ( !win ) | |
5736 | { | |
5737 | // by default use the grid itself | |
5738 | win = m_gridWin; | |
5739 | } | |
5740 | ||
5741 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
5742 | { | |
5743 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
5744 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5745 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
5746 | } | |
5747 | ||
5748 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
5749 | ||
5750 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5751 | { | |
5752 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5753 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
5754 | break; | |
5755 | ||
5756 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5757 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
5758 | break; | |
5759 | ||
5760 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5761 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
5762 | break; | |
5763 | ||
5764 | default: | |
5765 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5766 | break; | |
5767 | } | |
5768 | ||
5769 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
5770 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
5771 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
5772 | ||
5773 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
5774 | { | |
5775 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
5776 | m_winCapture = win; | |
5777 | } | |
5778 | } | |
5779 | ||
5780 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5781 | { | |
5782 | int x, y; | |
5783 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5784 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5785 | ||
5786 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
5787 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
5788 | ||
5789 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5790 | bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
5791 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5792 | if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5793 | { | |
5794 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
5795 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
5796 | } | |
5797 | ||
5798 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5799 | { | |
5800 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5801 | ||
5802 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at | |
5803 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
5804 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
5805 | { | |
5806 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
5807 | { | |
5808 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
5809 | return; | |
5810 | } | |
5811 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
5812 | return; | |
5813 | } | |
5814 | ||
5815 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5816 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5817 | { | |
5818 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
5819 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
5820 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5821 | { | |
5822 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5823 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5824 | } | |
5825 | ||
5826 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
5827 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
5828 | { | |
5829 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
5830 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
5831 | } | |
5832 | ||
5833 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5834 | { | |
5835 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5836 | { | |
5837 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5838 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5839 | HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
5840 | } | |
5841 | else if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
5842 | { | |
5843 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
5844 | { | |
5845 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5846 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5847 | ||
5848 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, | |
5849 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5850 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5851 | event ); | |
5852 | } | |
5853 | } | |
5854 | else | |
5855 | { | |
5856 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
5857 | { | |
5858 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5859 | } | |
5860 | else | |
5861 | { | |
5862 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
5863 | } | |
5864 | } | |
5865 | ||
5866 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
5867 | { | |
5868 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
5869 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
5870 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
5871 | } | |
5872 | } | |
5873 | } | |
5874 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5875 | { | |
5876 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5877 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5878 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5879 | ||
5880 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5881 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5882 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5883 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5884 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5885 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5886 | { | |
5887 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5888 | } | |
5889 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5890 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5891 | } | |
5892 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5893 | { | |
5894 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5895 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5896 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5897 | ||
5898 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5899 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5900 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5901 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5902 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5903 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5904 | { | |
5905 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5906 | } | |
5907 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5908 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5909 | } | |
5910 | ||
5911 | return; | |
5912 | } | |
5913 | ||
5914 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5915 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
5916 | ||
5917 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
5918 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
5919 | // wxGTK | |
5920 | #if 0 | |
5921 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5922 | { | |
5923 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5924 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5925 | } | |
5926 | else | |
5927 | #endif // 0 | |
5928 | ||
5929 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5930 | // | |
5931 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5932 | { | |
5933 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
5934 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5935 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5936 | event ) ) | |
5937 | { | |
5938 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5939 | ClearSelection(); | |
5940 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5941 | { | |
5942 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5943 | { | |
5944 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5945 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5946 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5947 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5948 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5949 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5950 | event.AltDown(), | |
5951 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5952 | } | |
5953 | } | |
5954 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
5955 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5956 | { | |
5957 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5958 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
5959 | ||
5960 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5961 | { | |
5962 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5963 | { | |
5964 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5965 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5966 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5967 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5968 | event.AltDown(), | |
5969 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5970 | } | |
5971 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5972 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5973 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5974 | } | |
5975 | else | |
5976 | { | |
5977 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5978 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5979 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5980 | { | |
5981 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() != | |
5982 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) | |
5983 | { | |
5984 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5985 | } | |
5986 | } | |
5987 | } | |
5988 | } | |
5989 | } | |
5990 | } | |
5991 | ||
5992 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5993 | // | |
5994 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5995 | { | |
5996 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5997 | ||
5998 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5999 | { | |
6000 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
6001 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6002 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6003 | event ) ) | |
6004 | { | |
6005 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
6006 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
6007 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
6008 | } | |
6009 | } | |
6010 | } | |
6011 | ||
6012 | // ------------ Left button released | |
6013 | // | |
6014 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6015 | { | |
6016 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6017 | { | |
6018 | if (m_winCapture) | |
6019 | { | |
6020 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
6021 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6022 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6023 | } | |
6024 | ||
6025 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6026 | { | |
6027 | ClearSelection(); | |
6028 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6029 | ||
6030 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
6031 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
6032 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
6033 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6034 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6035 | ||
6036 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
6037 | } | |
6038 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6039 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6040 | { | |
6041 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6042 | { | |
6043 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6044 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6045 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6046 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6047 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6048 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6049 | event.AltDown(), | |
6050 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6051 | } | |
6052 | ||
6053 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6054 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6055 | ||
6056 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
6057 | // drag-shrinking. | |
6058 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6059 | } | |
6060 | } | |
6061 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
6062 | { | |
6063 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6064 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
6065 | ||
6066 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6067 | // default processing in this case | |
6068 | // | |
6069 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
6070 | } | |
6071 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
6072 | { | |
6073 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6074 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6075 | ||
6076 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6077 | // default processing in this case | |
6078 | // | |
6079 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
6080 | } | |
6081 | ||
6082 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6083 | } | |
6084 | ||
6085 | // ------------ Right button down | |
6086 | // | |
6087 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6088 | { | |
6089 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6090 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
6091 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6092 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6093 | event ) ) | |
6094 | { | |
6095 | // no default action at the moment | |
6096 | } | |
6097 | } | |
6098 | ||
6099 | // ------------ Right double click | |
6100 | // | |
6101 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6102 | { | |
6103 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6104 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
6105 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6106 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6107 | event ) ) | |
6108 | { | |
6109 | // no default action at the moment | |
6110 | } | |
6111 | } | |
6112 | ||
6113 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
6114 | // | |
6115 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
6116 | { | |
6117 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
6118 | { | |
6119 | // out of grid cell area | |
6120 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6121 | return; | |
6122 | } | |
6123 | ||
6124 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
6125 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
6126 | ||
6127 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
6128 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
6129 | // | |
6130 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6131 | { | |
6132 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6133 | return; | |
6134 | } | |
6135 | ||
6136 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
6137 | { | |
6138 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
6139 | ||
6140 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6141 | { | |
6142 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6143 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
6144 | } | |
6145 | } | |
6146 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6147 | { | |
6148 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
6149 | ||
6150 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6151 | { | |
6152 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6153 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
6154 | } | |
6155 | } | |
6156 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
6157 | { | |
6158 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6159 | { | |
6160 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6161 | } | |
6162 | } | |
6163 | } | |
6164 | } | |
6165 | ||
6166 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
6167 | { | |
6168 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6169 | { | |
6170 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
6171 | // | |
6172 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
6173 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6174 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
6175 | ||
6176 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6177 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6178 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6179 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
6180 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6181 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6182 | ||
6183 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6184 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6185 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) ); | |
6186 | ||
6187 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6188 | { | |
6189 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
6190 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
6191 | rect.x = 0; | |
6192 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6193 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6194 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6195 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6196 | rect.width = cw; | |
6197 | ||
6198 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6199 | if (m_table) | |
6200 | { | |
6201 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0; | |
6202 | int leftCol = XToCol(left); | |
6203 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw); | |
6204 | if (leftCol >= 0) | |
6205 | { | |
6206 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
6207 | { | |
6208 | GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6209 | if (cell_rows < subtract_rows) | |
6210 | subtract_rows = cell_rows; | |
6211 | } | |
6212 | rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows); | |
6213 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6214 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6215 | } | |
6216 | } | |
6217 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6218 | } | |
6219 | ||
6220 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6221 | } | |
6222 | } | |
6223 | ||
6224 | ||
6225 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
6226 | { | |
6227 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6228 | { | |
6229 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
6230 | // | |
6231 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
6232 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6233 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
6234 | ||
6235 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6236 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6237 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6238 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
6239 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6240 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6241 | ||
6242 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6243 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6244 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
6245 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
6246 | ||
6247 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6248 | { | |
6249 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
6250 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
6251 | rect.y = 0; | |
6252 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6253 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6254 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6255 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6256 | rect.height = ch; | |
6257 | ||
6258 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6259 | if (m_table) | |
6260 | { | |
6261 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0; | |
6262 | int topRow = YToRow(top); | |
6263 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw); | |
6264 | if (topRow >= 0) | |
6265 | { | |
6266 | for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++) | |
6267 | { | |
6268 | GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6269 | if (cell_cols < subtract_cols) | |
6270 | subtract_cols = cell_cols; | |
6271 | } | |
6272 | ||
6273 | rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols); | |
6274 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6275 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6276 | } | |
6277 | } | |
6278 | ||
6279 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6280 | } | |
6281 | ||
6282 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6283 | } | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | ||
6286 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol() | |
6287 | { | |
6288 | //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag | |
6289 | if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 ) | |
6290 | { | |
6291 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); //Do this to "unpress" the column | |
6292 | return; | |
6293 | } | |
6294 | ||
6295 | int newPos; | |
6296 | if ( m_moveToCol == -1 ) | |
6297 | newPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
6298 | else | |
6299 | { | |
6300 | newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol ); | |
6301 | if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) ) | |
6302 | newPos--; | |
6303 | } | |
6304 | ||
6305 | SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos ); | |
6306 | } | |
6307 | ||
6308 | void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos ) | |
6309 | { | |
6310 | if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
6311 | { | |
6312 | m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
6313 | ||
6314 | int i; | |
6315 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6316 | { | |
6317 | m_colAt.Add( i ); | |
6318 | } | |
6319 | } | |
6320 | ||
6321 | int oldPos = GetColPos( colID ); | |
6322 | ||
6323 | //Reshuffle the m_colAt array | |
6324 | if ( newPos > oldPos ) | |
6325 | { | |
6326 | int i; | |
6327 | for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ ) | |
6328 | { | |
6329 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1]; | |
6330 | } | |
6331 | } | |
6332 | else | |
6333 | { | |
6334 | int i; | |
6335 | for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- ) | |
6336 | { | |
6337 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1]; | |
6338 | } | |
6339 | } | |
6340 | ||
6341 | m_colAt[newPos] = colID; | |
6342 | ||
6343 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6344 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6345 | { | |
6346 | int colRight = 0; | |
6347 | int colPos; | |
6348 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6349 | { | |
6350 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
6351 | ||
6352 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
6353 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
6354 | } | |
6355 | } | |
6356 | ||
6357 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6358 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6359 | } | |
6360 | ||
6361 | ||
6362 | ||
6363 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
6364 | { | |
6365 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
6366 | return; | |
6367 | ||
6368 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
6369 | ||
6370 | if ( !m_canDragColMove ) | |
6371 | { | |
6372 | m_colAt.Clear(); | |
6373 | ||
6374 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6375 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6376 | { | |
6377 | int colRight = 0; | |
6378 | int colPos; | |
6379 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6380 | { | |
6381 | colRight += m_colWidths[colPos]; | |
6382 | m_colRights[colPos] = colRight; | |
6383 | } | |
6384 | } | |
6385 | ||
6386 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6387 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6388 | } | |
6389 | } | |
6390 | ||
6391 | ||
6392 | // | |
6393 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
6394 | // | |
6395 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
6396 | { | |
6397 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
6398 | { | |
6399 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
6400 | return GetModelValues(); | |
6401 | ||
6402 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
6403 | return SetModelValues(); | |
6404 | ||
6405 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
6406 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
6407 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
6408 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
6409 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
6410 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
6411 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
6412 | ||
6413 | default: | |
6414 | return false; | |
6415 | } | |
6416 | } | |
6417 | ||
6418 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
6419 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
6420 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
6421 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
6422 | // | |
6423 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
6424 | { | |
6425 | if ( m_table ) | |
6426 | { | |
6427 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6428 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6429 | ||
6430 | m_table->Clear(); | |
6431 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
6432 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6433 | } | |
6434 | } | |
6435 | ||
6436 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6437 | { | |
6438 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6439 | ||
6440 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6441 | { | |
6442 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6443 | return false; | |
6444 | } | |
6445 | ||
6446 | if ( m_table ) | |
6447 | { | |
6448 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6449 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6450 | ||
6451 | bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6452 | return done; | |
6453 | ||
6454 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
6455 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6456 | } | |
6457 | ||
6458 | return false; | |
6459 | } | |
6460 | ||
6461 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6462 | { | |
6463 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6464 | ||
6465 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6466 | { | |
6467 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6468 | return false; | |
6469 | } | |
6470 | ||
6471 | if ( m_table ) | |
6472 | { | |
6473 | bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ); | |
6474 | return done; | |
6475 | ||
6476 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
6477 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6478 | } | |
6479 | ||
6480 | return false; | |
6481 | } | |
6482 | ||
6483 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6484 | { | |
6485 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6486 | ||
6487 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6488 | { | |
6489 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6490 | return false; | |
6491 | } | |
6492 | ||
6493 | if ( m_table ) | |
6494 | { | |
6495 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6496 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6497 | ||
6498 | bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6499 | return done; | |
6500 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
6501 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6502 | } | |
6503 | ||
6504 | return false; | |
6505 | } | |
6506 | ||
6507 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6508 | { | |
6509 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6510 | ||
6511 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6512 | { | |
6513 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6514 | return false; | |
6515 | } | |
6516 | ||
6517 | if ( m_table ) | |
6518 | { | |
6519 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6520 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6521 | ||
6522 | bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6523 | return done; | |
6524 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
6525 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6526 | } | |
6527 | ||
6528 | return false; | |
6529 | } | |
6530 | ||
6531 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6532 | { | |
6533 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6534 | ||
6535 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6536 | { | |
6537 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6538 | return false; | |
6539 | } | |
6540 | ||
6541 | if ( m_table ) | |
6542 | { | |
6543 | bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols ); | |
6544 | return done; | |
6545 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
6546 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6547 | } | |
6548 | ||
6549 | return false; | |
6550 | } | |
6551 | ||
6552 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6553 | { | |
6554 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6555 | ||
6556 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6557 | { | |
6558 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6559 | return false; | |
6560 | } | |
6561 | ||
6562 | if ( m_table ) | |
6563 | { | |
6564 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6565 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6566 | ||
6567 | bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6568 | return done; | |
6569 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
6570 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6571 | } | |
6572 | ||
6573 | return false; | |
6574 | } | |
6575 | ||
6576 | // | |
6577 | // ----- event handlers | |
6578 | // | |
6579 | ||
6580 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
6581 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
6582 | // | |
6583 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6584 | int row, int col, | |
6585 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
6586 | { | |
6587 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6588 | ||
6589 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6590 | { | |
6591 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6592 | ||
6593 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6594 | type, | |
6595 | this, | |
6596 | rowOrCol, | |
6597 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6598 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6599 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6600 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6601 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6602 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6603 | ||
6604 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6605 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6606 | } | |
6607 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
6608 | { | |
6609 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
6610 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6611 | type, | |
6612 | this, | |
6613 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
6614 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
6615 | true, | |
6616 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6617 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6618 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6619 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6620 | ||
6621 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6622 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6623 | } | |
6624 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || | |
6625 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || | |
6626 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || | |
6627 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) | |
6628 | { | |
6629 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); | |
6630 | ||
6631 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) | |
6632 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); | |
6633 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) | |
6634 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); | |
6635 | ||
6636 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6637 | type, | |
6638 | this, | |
6639 | row, col, | |
6640 | pos.x, | |
6641 | pos.y, | |
6642 | false, | |
6643 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6644 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6645 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6646 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6647 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6648 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6649 | } | |
6650 | else | |
6651 | { | |
6652 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6653 | type, | |
6654 | this, | |
6655 | row, col, | |
6656 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6657 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6658 | false, | |
6659 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6660 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6661 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6662 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6663 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6664 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6665 | } | |
6666 | ||
6667 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6668 | if (vetoed) | |
6669 | return -1; | |
6670 | ||
6671 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6672 | } | |
6673 | ||
6674 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
6675 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
6676 | // | |
6677 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6678 | int row, int col ) | |
6679 | { | |
6680 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6681 | ||
6682 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6683 | { | |
6684 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6685 | ||
6686 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); | |
6687 | ||
6688 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6689 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6690 | } | |
6691 | else | |
6692 | { | |
6693 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
6694 | ||
6695 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6696 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6697 | } | |
6698 | ||
6699 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6700 | if (vetoed) | |
6701 | return -1; | |
6702 | ||
6703 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6704 | } | |
6705 | ||
6706 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
6707 | { | |
6708 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
6709 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
6710 | } | |
6711 | ||
6712 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
6713 | { | |
6714 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
6715 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
6716 | if (! GetBatchCount()) | |
6717 | { | |
6718 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
6719 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
6720 | ||
6721 | if (rect) | |
6722 | { | |
6723 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
6724 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
6725 | int x, y; | |
6726 | ||
6727 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
6728 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
6729 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
6730 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
6731 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
6732 | ||
6733 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
6734 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
6735 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
6736 | ||
6737 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
6738 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
6739 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
6740 | ||
6741 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
6742 | { | |
6743 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6744 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
6745 | } | |
6746 | else | |
6747 | { | |
6748 | x = 0; | |
6749 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
6750 | } | |
6751 | ||
6752 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
6753 | { | |
6754 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
6755 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
6756 | } | |
6757 | else | |
6758 | { | |
6759 | y = 0; | |
6760 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
6761 | } | |
6762 | ||
6763 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
6764 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6765 | { | |
6766 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
6767 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6768 | } | |
6769 | ||
6770 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
6771 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6772 | { | |
6773 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
6774 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6775 | } | |
6776 | ||
6777 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
6778 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6779 | { | |
6780 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
6781 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6782 | } | |
6783 | ||
6784 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
6785 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6786 | { | |
6787 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
6788 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6789 | } | |
6790 | } | |
6791 | else | |
6792 | { | |
6793 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6794 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6795 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6796 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6797 | } | |
6798 | } | |
6799 | } | |
6800 | ||
6801 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ) | |
6802 | { | |
6803 | // position the child windows | |
6804 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6805 | ||
6806 | // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size | |
6807 | // changes itself | |
6808 | event.Skip(); | |
6809 | } | |
6810 | ||
6811 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6812 | { | |
6813 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
6814 | { | |
6815 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
6816 | // | |
6817 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
6818 | } | |
6819 | ||
6820 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
6821 | ||
6822 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
6823 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
6824 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
6825 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
6826 | ||
6827 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
6828 | { | |
6829 | // try local handlers | |
6830 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
6831 | { | |
6832 | case WXK_UP: | |
6833 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6834 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6835 | else | |
6836 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6837 | break; | |
6838 | ||
6839 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6840 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6841 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6842 | else | |
6843 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6844 | break; | |
6845 | ||
6846 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6847 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6848 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6849 | else | |
6850 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6851 | break; | |
6852 | ||
6853 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6854 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6855 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6856 | else | |
6857 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6858 | break; | |
6859 | ||
6860 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
6861 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
6862 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6863 | { | |
6864 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
6865 | } | |
6866 | else | |
6867 | { | |
6868 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
6869 | { | |
6870 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6871 | } | |
6872 | else | |
6873 | { | |
6874 | // at the bottom of a column | |
6875 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6876 | } | |
6877 | } | |
6878 | break; | |
6879 | ||
6880 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
6881 | ClearSelection(); | |
6882 | break; | |
6883 | ||
6884 | case WXK_TAB: | |
6885 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
6886 | { | |
6887 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
6888 | { | |
6889 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
6890 | } | |
6891 | else | |
6892 | { | |
6893 | // at left of grid | |
6894 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6895 | } | |
6896 | } | |
6897 | else | |
6898 | { | |
6899 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
6900 | { | |
6901 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
6902 | } | |
6903 | else | |
6904 | { | |
6905 | // at right of grid | |
6906 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6907 | } | |
6908 | } | |
6909 | break; | |
6910 | ||
6911 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6912 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6913 | { | |
6914 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
6915 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6916 | } | |
6917 | else | |
6918 | { | |
6919 | event.Skip(); | |
6920 | } | |
6921 | break; | |
6922 | ||
6923 | case WXK_END: | |
6924 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6925 | { | |
6926 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
6927 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
6928 | } | |
6929 | else | |
6930 | { | |
6931 | event.Skip(); | |
6932 | } | |
6933 | break; | |
6934 | ||
6935 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
6936 | MovePageUp(); | |
6937 | break; | |
6938 | ||
6939 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
6940 | MovePageDown(); | |
6941 | break; | |
6942 | ||
6943 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
6944 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6945 | { | |
6946 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6947 | { | |
6948 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( | |
6949 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6950 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
6951 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6952 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6953 | event.AltDown(), | |
6954 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6955 | } | |
6956 | break; | |
6957 | } | |
6958 | ||
6959 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
6960 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
6961 | else | |
6962 | event.Skip(); | |
6963 | break; | |
6964 | ||
6965 | default: | |
6966 | event.Skip(); | |
6967 | break; | |
6968 | } | |
6969 | } | |
6970 | ||
6971 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
6972 | } | |
6973 | ||
6974 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6975 | { | |
6976 | // try local handlers | |
6977 | // | |
6978 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
6979 | { | |
6980 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6981 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6982 | { | |
6983 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6984 | { | |
6985 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
6986 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6987 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6988 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6989 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6990 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6991 | true, | |
6992 | event.AltDown(), | |
6993 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6994 | } | |
6995 | } | |
6996 | ||
6997 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6998 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6999 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7000 | } | |
7001 | } | |
7002 | ||
7003 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7004 | { | |
7005 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
7006 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
7007 | { | |
7008 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
7009 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7010 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7011 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7012 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7013 | ||
7014 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
7015 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
7016 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
7017 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
7018 | { | |
7019 | // ensure cell is visble | |
7020 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
7021 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
7022 | ||
7023 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
7024 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
7025 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
7026 | // crash the app | |
7027 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7028 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
7029 | } | |
7030 | else | |
7031 | { | |
7032 | event.Skip(); | |
7033 | } | |
7034 | ||
7035 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7036 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7037 | } | |
7038 | else | |
7039 | { | |
7040 | event.Skip(); | |
7041 | } | |
7042 | } | |
7043 | ||
7044 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
7045 | { | |
7046 | } | |
7047 | ||
7048 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7049 | { | |
7050 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
7051 | { | |
7052 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
7053 | return; | |
7054 | } | |
7055 | ||
7056 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7057 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7058 | ||
7059 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7060 | { | |
7061 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7062 | ||
7063 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
7064 | { | |
7065 | wxRect r; | |
7066 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7067 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7068 | { | |
7069 | r.x--; | |
7070 | r.y--; | |
7071 | r.width++; | |
7072 | r.height++; | |
7073 | } | |
7074 | ||
7075 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
7076 | ||
7077 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
7078 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7079 | ||
7080 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
7081 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
7082 | } | |
7083 | } | |
7084 | ||
7085 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7086 | ||
7087 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
7088 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
7089 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7090 | } | |
7091 | ||
7092 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
7093 | { | |
7094 | int temp; | |
7095 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
7096 | ||
7097 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7098 | { | |
7099 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
7100 | { | |
7101 | leftCol = 0; | |
7102 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
7103 | } | |
7104 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
7105 | { | |
7106 | topRow = 0; | |
7107 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
7108 | } | |
7109 | } | |
7110 | ||
7111 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
7112 | { | |
7113 | temp = topRow; | |
7114 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
7115 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7116 | } | |
7117 | ||
7118 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
7119 | { | |
7120 | temp = leftCol; | |
7121 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
7122 | rightCol = temp; | |
7123 | } | |
7124 | ||
7125 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
7126 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
7127 | ||
7128 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
7129 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
7130 | m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7131 | { | |
7132 | wxRect rect; | |
7133 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
7134 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
7135 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
7136 | } | |
7137 | ||
7138 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
7139 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
7140 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
7141 | { | |
7142 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
7143 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
7144 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
7145 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
7146 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
7147 | need_refresh[0] = | |
7148 | need_refresh[1] = | |
7149 | need_refresh[2] = | |
7150 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
7151 | int i; | |
7152 | ||
7153 | // Store intermediate values | |
7154 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
7155 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
7156 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
7157 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
7158 | ||
7159 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
7160 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
7161 | { | |
7162 | temp = oldLeft; | |
7163 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
7164 | leftCol = temp; | |
7165 | } | |
7166 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
7167 | { | |
7168 | temp = oldTop; | |
7169 | oldTop = topRow; | |
7170 | topRow = temp; | |
7171 | } | |
7172 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
7173 | { | |
7174 | temp = oldRight; | |
7175 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
7176 | rightCol = temp; | |
7177 | } | |
7178 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
7179 | { | |
7180 | temp = oldBottom; | |
7181 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
7182 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7183 | } | |
7184 | ||
7185 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
7186 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
7187 | // is contained in the other. | |
7188 | ||
7189 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
7190 | { | |
7191 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7192 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
7193 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
7194 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7195 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
7196 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
7197 | } | |
7198 | ||
7199 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
7200 | { | |
7201 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7202 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
7203 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
7204 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7205 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
7206 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
7207 | } | |
7208 | ||
7209 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
7210 | { | |
7211 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7212 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
7213 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
7214 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7215 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
7216 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
7217 | } | |
7218 | ||
7219 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
7220 | { | |
7221 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7222 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
7223 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
7224 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7225 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
7226 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
7227 | } | |
7228 | ||
7229 | // various Refresh() calls | |
7230 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
7231 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7232 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
7233 | } | |
7234 | ||
7235 | // change selection | |
7236 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
7237 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
7238 | } | |
7239 | ||
7240 | // | |
7241 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
7242 | // | |
7243 | ||
7244 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
7245 | { | |
7246 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7247 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7248 | ||
7249 | if ( m_table ) | |
7250 | { | |
7251 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
7252 | // | |
7253 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7254 | return true; | |
7255 | } | |
7256 | ||
7257 | return false; | |
7258 | } | |
7259 | ||
7260 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
7261 | { | |
7262 | int row, col; | |
7263 | ||
7264 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7265 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
7266 | // I think so ... | |
7267 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7268 | ||
7269 | if ( m_table ) | |
7270 | { | |
7271 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7272 | { | |
7273 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7274 | { | |
7275 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
7276 | } | |
7277 | } | |
7278 | ||
7279 | return true; | |
7280 | } | |
7281 | ||
7282 | return false; | |
7283 | } | |
7284 | ||
7285 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
7286 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
7287 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
7288 | // | |
7289 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
7290 | { | |
7291 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7292 | return; | |
7293 | ||
7294 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
7295 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7296 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
7297 | ||
7298 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7299 | { | |
7300 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
7301 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
7302 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7303 | ||
7304 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
7305 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7306 | { | |
7307 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
7308 | bool marked = false; | |
7309 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
7310 | { | |
7311 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
7312 | { | |
7313 | marked = true; | |
7314 | break; | |
7315 | } | |
7316 | } | |
7317 | ||
7318 | if (!marked) | |
7319 | { | |
7320 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7321 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
7322 | { | |
7323 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
7324 | { | |
7325 | marked = true; | |
7326 | break; | |
7327 | } | |
7328 | } | |
7329 | ||
7330 | if (!marked) | |
7331 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7332 | } | |
7333 | ||
7334 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
7335 | continue; | |
7336 | } | |
7337 | ||
7338 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
7339 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
7340 | { | |
7341 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
7342 | { | |
7343 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
7344 | int left = col; | |
7345 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
7346 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
7347 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
7348 | { | |
7349 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
7350 | } | |
7351 | ||
7352 | if (left == col) | |
7353 | left = 0; // oh well | |
7354 | ||
7355 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
7356 | { | |
7357 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
7358 | { | |
7359 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
7360 | { | |
7361 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
7362 | bool marked = false; | |
7363 | ||
7364 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
7365 | { | |
7366 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
7367 | { | |
7368 | marked = true; | |
7369 | break; | |
7370 | } | |
7371 | } | |
7372 | ||
7373 | if (!marked) | |
7374 | { | |
7375 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7376 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
7377 | { | |
7378 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
7379 | { | |
7380 | marked = true; | |
7381 | break; | |
7382 | } | |
7383 | } | |
7384 | if (!marked) | |
7385 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7386 | } | |
7387 | } | |
7388 | break; | |
7389 | } | |
7390 | } | |
7391 | } | |
7392 | } | |
7393 | ||
7394 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
7395 | } | |
7396 | ||
7397 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7398 | ||
7399 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7400 | { | |
7401 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
7402 | } | |
7403 | } | |
7404 | ||
7405 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
7406 | { | |
7407 | int cw, ch; | |
7408 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7409 | ||
7410 | int right, bottom; | |
7411 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7412 | ||
7413 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
7414 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
7415 | ||
7416 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7417 | { | |
7418 | int left, top; | |
7419 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7420 | ||
7421 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
7422 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
7423 | ||
7424 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
7425 | { | |
7426 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
7427 | } | |
7428 | ||
7429 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7430 | { | |
7431 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
7432 | } | |
7433 | } | |
7434 | } | |
7435 | ||
7436 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7437 | { | |
7438 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7439 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7440 | ||
7441 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7442 | return; | |
7443 | ||
7444 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
7445 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7446 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7447 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
7448 | #endif | |
7449 | ||
7450 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7451 | ||
7452 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
7453 | ||
7454 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7455 | ||
7456 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
7457 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
7458 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7459 | { | |
7460 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
7461 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
7462 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
7463 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
7464 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS | |
7465 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7466 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
7467 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7468 | #endif | |
7469 | } | |
7470 | else | |
7471 | { | |
7472 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
7473 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7474 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
7475 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7476 | } | |
7477 | ||
7478 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7479 | } | |
7480 | ||
7481 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
7482 | { | |
7483 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7484 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7485 | ||
7486 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7487 | return; | |
7488 | ||
7489 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7490 | ||
7491 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
7492 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
7493 | // it doesn't look really good | |
7494 | ||
7495 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
7496 | ||
7497 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
7498 | { | |
7499 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
7500 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
7501 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
7502 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
7503 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
7504 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
7505 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
7506 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
7507 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
7508 | ||
7509 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
7510 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
7511 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
7512 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
7513 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
7514 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7515 | } | |
7516 | ||
7517 | #if 0 | |
7518 | // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders... | |
7519 | ||
7520 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
7521 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
7522 | y1 = rect.y, | |
7523 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1, | |
7524 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7525 | ||
7526 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
7527 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
7528 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
7529 | ||
7530 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
7531 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2); | |
7532 | ||
7533 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
7534 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
7535 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1); | |
7536 | #endif | |
7537 | } | |
7538 | ||
7539 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() | |
7540 | { | |
7541 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID); | |
7542 | } | |
7543 | ||
7544 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
7545 | { | |
7546 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7547 | } | |
7548 | ||
7549 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
7550 | { | |
7551 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7552 | } | |
7553 | ||
7554 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7555 | { | |
7556 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7557 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7558 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7559 | return; | |
7560 | ||
7561 | ||
7562 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7563 | ||
7564 | // right hand border | |
7565 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); | |
7566 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
7567 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
7568 | ||
7569 | // bottom border | |
7570 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); | |
7571 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
7572 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
7573 | } | |
7574 | ||
7575 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
7576 | { | |
7577 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
7578 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
7579 | // | |
7580 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7581 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
7582 | { | |
7583 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
7584 | } | |
7585 | ||
7586 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7587 | { | |
7588 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
7589 | return; | |
7590 | } | |
7591 | ||
7592 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
7593 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
7594 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
7595 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
7596 | { | |
7597 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
7598 | { | |
7599 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7600 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7601 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7602 | ||
7603 | break; | |
7604 | } | |
7605 | } | |
7606 | } | |
7607 | ||
7608 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
7609 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
7610 | // has been changed | |
7611 | // | |
7612 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
7613 | { | |
7614 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7615 | return; | |
7616 | #endif | |
7617 | ||
7618 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7619 | return; | |
7620 | ||
7621 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
7622 | ||
7623 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
7624 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
7625 | { | |
7626 | int cw, ch; | |
7627 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7628 | ||
7629 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
7630 | // | |
7631 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7632 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7633 | } | |
7634 | else | |
7635 | { | |
7636 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
7637 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
7638 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
7639 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
7640 | } | |
7641 | #else | |
7642 | int cw, ch; | |
7643 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7644 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7645 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7646 | #endif | |
7647 | ||
7648 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
7649 | // | |
7650 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) ); | |
7651 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
7652 | ||
7653 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
7654 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
7655 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
7656 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
7657 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
7658 | ||
7659 | #ifndef __WXMAC__ | |
7660 | // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping | |
7661 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
7662 | ||
7663 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7664 | wxRect rect; | |
7665 | ||
7666 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
7667 | { | |
7668 | int colPos; | |
7669 | for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<rightCol; colPos++) | |
7670 | { | |
7671 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7672 | ||
7673 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7674 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7675 | { | |
7676 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
7677 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7678 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7679 | } | |
7680 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7681 | { | |
7682 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7683 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7684 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7685 | } | |
7686 | } | |
7687 | } | |
7688 | #else | |
7689 | wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top ); | |
7690 | ||
7691 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7692 | wxRect rect; | |
7693 | ||
7694 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
7695 | { | |
7696 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
7697 | { | |
7698 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7699 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7700 | { | |
7701 | rect = CellToRect(j, i); | |
7702 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7703 | } | |
7704 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7705 | { | |
7706 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7707 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7708 | } | |
7709 | } | |
7710 | } | |
7711 | #endif | |
7712 | ||
7713 | dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
7714 | ||
7715 | ||
7716 | // horizontal grid lines | |
7717 | // | |
7718 | // already declared above - int i; | |
7719 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7720 | { | |
7721 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
7722 | ||
7723 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
7724 | { | |
7725 | break; | |
7726 | } | |
7727 | ||
7728 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
7729 | { | |
7730 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); | |
7731 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
7732 | } | |
7733 | } | |
7734 | ||
7735 | // vertical grid lines | |
7736 | // | |
7737 | int colPos; | |
7738 | for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
7739 | { | |
7740 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7741 | ||
7742 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
7743 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
7744 | { | |
7745 | break; | |
7746 | } | |
7747 | ||
7748 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
7749 | { | |
7750 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); | |
7751 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
7752 | } | |
7753 | } | |
7754 | ||
7755 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
7756 | } | |
7757 | ||
7758 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
7759 | { | |
7760 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
7761 | return; | |
7762 | ||
7763 | size_t i; | |
7764 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
7765 | ||
7766 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7767 | { | |
7768 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
7769 | } | |
7770 | } | |
7771 | ||
7772 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
7773 | { | |
7774 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
7775 | return; | |
7776 | ||
7777 | wxRect rect; | |
7778 | ||
7779 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
7780 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
7781 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 ); | |
7782 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 ); | |
7783 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 ); | |
7784 | ||
7785 | CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y ); | |
7786 | ||
7787 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7788 | ||
7789 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7790 | #else | |
7791 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
7792 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
7793 | ||
7794 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7795 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
7796 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
7797 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
7798 | ||
7799 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7800 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
7801 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
7802 | #endif | |
7803 | ||
7804 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7805 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7806 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7807 | ||
7808 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
7809 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7810 | ||
7811 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
7812 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
7813 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
7814 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
7815 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
7816 | } | |
7817 | ||
7818 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
7819 | { | |
7820 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
7821 | return; | |
7822 | ||
7823 | size_t i; | |
7824 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
7825 | ||
7826 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7827 | { | |
7828 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
7829 | } | |
7830 | } | |
7831 | ||
7832 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
7833 | { | |
7834 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
7835 | return; | |
7836 | ||
7837 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
7838 | ||
7839 | wxRect rect; | |
7840 | ||
7841 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
7842 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 ); | |
7843 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
7844 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 ); | |
7845 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 ); | |
7846 | ||
7847 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7848 | ||
7849 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7850 | #else | |
7851 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
7852 | ||
7853 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7854 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7855 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
7856 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
7857 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7858 | ||
7859 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7860 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7861 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
7862 | #endif | |
7863 | ||
7864 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7865 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7866 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7867 | ||
7868 | int hAlign, vAlign, orient; | |
7869 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7870 | orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
7871 | ||
7872 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
7873 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
7874 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
7875 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
7876 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient ); | |
7877 | } | |
7878 | ||
7879 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
7880 | const wxString& value, | |
7881 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7882 | int horizAlign, | |
7883 | int vertAlign, | |
7884 | int textOrientation ) | |
7885 | { | |
7886 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7887 | ||
7888 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
7889 | ||
7890 | // Forward to new API. | |
7891 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
7892 | lines, | |
7893 | rect, | |
7894 | horizAlign, | |
7895 | vertAlign, | |
7896 | textOrientation ); | |
7897 | } | |
7898 | ||
7899 | // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to | |
7900 | // add textOrientation support | |
7901 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
7902 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7903 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7904 | int horizAlign, | |
7905 | int vertAlign, | |
7906 | int textOrientation) | |
7907 | { | |
7908 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
7909 | return; | |
7910 | ||
7911 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
7912 | ||
7913 | long textWidth, | |
7914 | textHeight; | |
7915 | ||
7916 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7917 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
7918 | else | |
7919 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
7920 | ||
7921 | int x = 0, | |
7922 | y = 0; | |
7923 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
7924 | { | |
7925 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
7926 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7927 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
7928 | else | |
7929 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
7930 | break; | |
7931 | ||
7932 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7933 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7934 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
7935 | else | |
7936 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
7937 | break; | |
7938 | ||
7939 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
7940 | default: | |
7941 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7942 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
7943 | else | |
7944 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7945 | break; | |
7946 | } | |
7947 | ||
7948 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
7949 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
7950 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
7951 | { | |
7952 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
7953 | ||
7954 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
7955 | { | |
7956 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
7957 | continue; | |
7958 | } | |
7959 | ||
7960 | long lineWidth = 0, | |
7961 | lineHeight = 0; | |
7962 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
7963 | ||
7964 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
7965 | { | |
7966 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
7967 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7968 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
7969 | else | |
7970 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
7971 | break; | |
7972 | ||
7973 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7974 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7975 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
7976 | else | |
7977 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
7978 | break; | |
7979 | ||
7980 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
7981 | default: | |
7982 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7983 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7984 | else | |
7985 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7986 | break; | |
7987 | } | |
7988 | ||
7989 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7990 | { | |
7991 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
7992 | y += lineHeight; | |
7993 | } | |
7994 | else | |
7995 | { | |
7996 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
7997 | x += lineHeight; | |
7998 | } | |
7999 | } | |
8000 | } | |
8001 | ||
8002 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
8003 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
8004 | // | |
8005 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
8006 | { | |
8007 | int startPos = 0; | |
8008 | int pos; | |
8009 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8010 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8011 | ||
8012 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8013 | { | |
8014 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
8015 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
8016 | { | |
8017 | break; | |
8018 | } | |
8019 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
8020 | { | |
8021 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
8022 | } | |
8023 | else | |
8024 | { | |
8025 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
8026 | } | |
8027 | ||
8028 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
8029 | } | |
8030 | ||
8031 | if ( startPos < (int)value.length() ) | |
8032 | { | |
8033 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
8034 | } | |
8035 | } | |
8036 | ||
8037 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
8038 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8039 | long *width, long *height ) | |
8040 | { | |
8041 | long w = 0; | |
8042 | long h = 0; | |
8043 | long lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
8044 | ||
8045 | size_t i; | |
8046 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
8047 | { | |
8048 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
8049 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
8050 | h += lineH; | |
8051 | } | |
8052 | ||
8053 | *width = w; | |
8054 | *height = h; | |
8055 | } | |
8056 | ||
8057 | // | |
8058 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
8059 | // | |
8060 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
8061 | { | |
8062 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
8063 | { | |
8064 | m_batchCount--; | |
8065 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
8066 | { | |
8067 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8068 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8069 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8070 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8071 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8072 | } | |
8073 | } | |
8074 | } | |
8075 | ||
8076 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
8077 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
8078 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
8079 | // | |
8080 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
8081 | { | |
8082 | BeginBatch(); | |
8083 | EndBatch(); | |
8084 | } | |
8085 | ||
8086 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
8087 | { | |
8088 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
8089 | return false; | |
8090 | ||
8091 | // redraw in the new state | |
8092 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8093 | ||
8094 | return true; | |
8095 | } | |
8096 | ||
8097 | // | |
8098 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
8099 | // | |
8100 | ||
8101 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
8102 | { | |
8103 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
8104 | // | |
8105 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
8106 | { | |
8107 | if (!edit) | |
8108 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
8109 | m_editable = edit; | |
8110 | } | |
8111 | } | |
8112 | ||
8113 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
8114 | { | |
8115 | if (! m_editable) | |
8116 | return; | |
8117 | ||
8118 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8119 | { | |
8120 | if ( enable ) | |
8121 | { | |
8122 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) | |
8123 | return; | |
8124 | ||
8125 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
8126 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
8127 | ||
8128 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
8129 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8130 | ||
8131 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
8132 | } | |
8133 | else | |
8134 | { | |
8135 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
8136 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN ); | |
8137 | ||
8138 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8139 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8140 | ||
8141 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
8142 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8143 | } | |
8144 | } | |
8145 | } | |
8146 | ||
8147 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
8148 | { | |
8149 | // const_cast | |
8150 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8151 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8152 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8153 | ||
8154 | return readonly; | |
8155 | } | |
8156 | ||
8157 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
8158 | { | |
8159 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
8160 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
8161 | } | |
8162 | ||
8163 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
8164 | { | |
8165 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
8166 | // current one if it's read only | |
8167 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
8168 | } | |
8169 | ||
8170 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
8171 | { | |
8172 | bool isShown = false; | |
8173 | ||
8174 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8175 | { | |
8176 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8177 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8178 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8179 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
8180 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8181 | ||
8182 | if ( editor ) | |
8183 | { | |
8184 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8185 | { | |
8186 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
8187 | } | |
8188 | ||
8189 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8190 | } | |
8191 | } | |
8192 | ||
8193 | return isShown; | |
8194 | } | |
8195 | ||
8196 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
8197 | { | |
8198 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8199 | { | |
8200 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
8201 | { | |
8202 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
8203 | return; | |
8204 | } | |
8205 | else | |
8206 | { | |
8207 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
8208 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8209 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8210 | ||
8211 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
8212 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8213 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8214 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
8215 | { | |
8216 | row += cell_rows; | |
8217 | col += cell_cols; | |
8218 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
8219 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
8220 | } | |
8221 | ||
8222 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
8223 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
8224 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8225 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8226 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetCellAttr(row, col)->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
8227 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
8228 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
8229 | ||
8230 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8231 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8232 | ||
8233 | int nXMove = 0; | |
8234 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
8235 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
8236 | ||
8237 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
8238 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
8239 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
8240 | // "don't change." | |
8241 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
8242 | rect.x--; | |
8243 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
8244 | rect.y--; | |
8245 | ||
8246 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8247 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8248 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8249 | { | |
8250 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
8251 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
8252 | ||
8253 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
8254 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
8255 | this, | |
8256 | row, | |
8257 | col, | |
8258 | editor->GetControl()); | |
8259 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
8260 | } | |
8261 | ||
8262 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
8263 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8264 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8265 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
8266 | { | |
8267 | int y; | |
8268 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
8269 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
8270 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8271 | } | |
8272 | ||
8273 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
8274 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
8275 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
8276 | ||
8277 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
8278 | { | |
8279 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8280 | // may have changed earlier | |
8281 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
8282 | { | |
8283 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
8284 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
8285 | ||
8286 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
8287 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
8288 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
8289 | { | |
8290 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
8291 | } | |
8292 | else | |
8293 | break; | |
8294 | } | |
8295 | ||
8296 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
8297 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
8298 | } | |
8299 | ||
8300 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
8301 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
8302 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
8303 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
8304 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
8305 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
8306 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
8307 | ||
8308 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
8309 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
8310 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8311 | ||
8312 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
8313 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
8314 | ||
8315 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8316 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8317 | } | |
8318 | } | |
8319 | } | |
8320 | ||
8321 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
8322 | { | |
8323 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8324 | { | |
8325 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8326 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8327 | ||
8328 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8329 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8330 | editor->Show( false ); | |
8331 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8332 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8333 | ||
8334 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
8335 | ||
8336 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
8337 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
8338 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8339 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
8340 | ||
8341 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
8342 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
8343 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
8344 | #endif | |
8345 | ||
8346 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8347 | } | |
8348 | } | |
8349 | ||
8350 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
8351 | { | |
8352 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8353 | { | |
8354 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8355 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8356 | ||
8357 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8358 | ||
8359 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8360 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8361 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
8362 | ||
8363 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8364 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8365 | ||
8366 | if (changed) | |
8367 | { | |
8368 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
8369 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
8370 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) | |
8371 | { | |
8372 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
8373 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
8374 | } | |
8375 | } | |
8376 | } | |
8377 | } | |
8378 | ||
8379 | // | |
8380 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
8381 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
8382 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
8383 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
8384 | // | |
8385 | ||
8386 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
8387 | { | |
8388 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
8389 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
8390 | ||
8391 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
8392 | { | |
8393 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8394 | } | |
8395 | else | |
8396 | { | |
8397 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
8398 | } | |
8399 | } | |
8400 | ||
8401 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
8402 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
8403 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
8404 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
8405 | ||
8406 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
8407 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
8408 | bool clipToMinMax) | |
8409 | { | |
8410 | if (coord < 0) | |
8411 | return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1; | |
8412 | ||
8413 | if (!defaultDist) | |
8414 | defaultDist = 1; | |
8415 | ||
8416 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, | |
8417 | i_min = 0; | |
8418 | ||
8419 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) | |
8420 | { | |
8421 | if ((int) i_max < nMax) | |
8422 | return i_max; | |
8423 | return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1; | |
8424 | } | |
8425 | ||
8426 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8427 | { | |
8428 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8429 | } | |
8430 | else | |
8431 | { | |
8432 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8433 | { | |
8434 | i_min = i_max; | |
8435 | if (minDist) | |
8436 | i_max = coord / minDist; | |
8437 | else | |
8438 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | ||
8441 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8442 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8443 | } | |
8444 | ||
8445 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8446 | return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1; | |
8447 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) | |
8448 | return 0; | |
8449 | ||
8450 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) | |
8451 | { | |
8452 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], | |
8453 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); | |
8454 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) | |
8455 | return i_max; | |
8456 | else | |
8457 | i_max--; | |
8458 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; | |
8459 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) | |
8460 | i_max = median; | |
8461 | else | |
8462 | i_min = median; | |
8463 | } | |
8464 | ||
8465 | return i_max; | |
8466 | } | |
8467 | ||
8468 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
8469 | { | |
8470 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, | |
8471 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false); | |
8472 | } | |
8473 | ||
8474 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) | |
8475 | { | |
8476 | if (x < 0) | |
8477 | return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1; | |
8478 | ||
8479 | if (!m_defaultColWidth) | |
8480 | m_defaultColWidth = 1; | |
8481 | ||
8482 | int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth; | |
8483 | int minPos = 0; | |
8484 | ||
8485 | if (m_colRights.IsEmpty()) | |
8486 | { | |
8487 | if(maxPos < m_numCols) | |
8488 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8489 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1; | |
8490 | } | |
8491 | ||
8492 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) | |
8493 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8494 | else | |
8495 | { | |
8496 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) | |
8497 | { | |
8498 | minPos = maxPos; | |
8499 | if (m_minAcceptableColWidth) | |
8500 | maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
8501 | else | |
8502 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8503 | } | |
8504 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) | |
8505 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8506 | } | |
8507 | ||
8508 | //X is beyond the last column | |
8509 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) | |
8510 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1; | |
8511 | ||
8512 | //X is before the first column | |
8513 | if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] ) | |
8514 | return GetColAt( 0 ); | |
8515 | ||
8516 | //Perform a binary search | |
8517 | while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 ) | |
8518 | { | |
8519 | wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )], | |
8520 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol")); | |
8521 | ||
8522 | if (x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )]) | |
8523 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8524 | else | |
8525 | maxPos--; | |
8526 | int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
8527 | if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )]) | |
8528 | maxPos = median; | |
8529 | else | |
8530 | minPos = median; | |
8531 | } | |
8532 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8533 | } | |
8534 | ||
8535 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near | |
8536 | // the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge. | |
8537 | // coords can only possibly be near an edge if | |
8538 | // (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area | |
8539 | // that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller | |
8540 | // than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be | |
8541 | // near the edge). | |
8542 | // and | |
8543 | // (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is | |
8544 | // relevant at all) is enabled. | |
8545 | // | |
8546 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
8547 | { | |
8548 | int i; | |
8549 | i = internalYToRow(y); | |
8550 | ||
8551 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() ) | |
8552 | { | |
8553 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are | |
8554 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. | |
8555 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8556 | return i; | |
8557 | else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8558 | return i - 1; | |
8559 | } | |
8560 | ||
8561 | return -1; | |
8562 | } | |
8563 | ||
8564 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
8565 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
8566 | // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection. | |
8567 | // | |
8568 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
8569 | { | |
8570 | int i; | |
8571 | i = internalXToCol(x); | |
8572 | ||
8573 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() ) | |
8574 | { | |
8575 | // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are | |
8576 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. | |
8577 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8578 | return i; | |
8579 | else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8580 | return i - 1; | |
8581 | } | |
8582 | ||
8583 | return -1; | |
8584 | } | |
8585 | ||
8586 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
8587 | { | |
8588 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
8589 | ||
8590 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8591 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8592 | { | |
8593 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8594 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
8595 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8596 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
8597 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
8598 | row += cell_rows; | |
8599 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
8600 | col += cell_cols; | |
8601 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8602 | ||
8603 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
8604 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8605 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
8606 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
8607 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
8608 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
8609 | } | |
8610 | ||
8611 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
8612 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
8613 | { | |
8614 | rect.width -= 1; | |
8615 | rect.height -= 1; | |
8616 | } | |
8617 | ||
8618 | return rect; | |
8619 | } | |
8620 | ||
8621 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
8622 | { | |
8623 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8624 | // | |
8625 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8626 | ||
8627 | // convert to device coords | |
8628 | // | |
8629 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8630 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8631 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8632 | ||
8633 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
8634 | int cw, ch; | |
8635 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8636 | ||
8637 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
8638 | { | |
8639 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
8640 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
8641 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
8642 | } | |
8643 | else | |
8644 | { | |
8645 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
8646 | // | |
8647 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
8648 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
8649 | } | |
8650 | } | |
8651 | ||
8652 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
8653 | // of scrolling | |
8654 | // | |
8655 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
8656 | { | |
8657 | int i; | |
8658 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
8659 | ||
8660 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8661 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8662 | { | |
8663 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8664 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8665 | ||
8666 | // convert to device coords | |
8667 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8668 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8669 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8670 | ||
8671 | int cw, ch; | |
8672 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8673 | ||
8674 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
8675 | { | |
8676 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8677 | } | |
8678 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
8679 | { | |
8680 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
8681 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8682 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
8683 | { | |
8684 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
8685 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
8686 | break; | |
8687 | ||
8688 | h += rowHeight; | |
8689 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
8690 | } | |
8691 | ||
8692 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
8693 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
8694 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
8695 | // | |
8696 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
8697 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
8698 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
8699 | } | |
8700 | ||
8701 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
8702 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
8703 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
8704 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
8705 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
8706 | { | |
8707 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
8708 | } | |
8709 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
8710 | { | |
8711 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
8712 | int x0, y0; | |
8713 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
8714 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
8715 | ||
8716 | // see comment for ypos above | |
8717 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
8718 | } | |
8719 | ||
8720 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
8721 | { | |
8722 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
8723 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
8724 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
8725 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
8726 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
8727 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
8728 | } | |
8729 | } | |
8730 | } | |
8731 | ||
8732 | // | |
8733 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
8734 | // | |
8735 | ||
8736 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
8737 | { | |
8738 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8739 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
8740 | { | |
8741 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8742 | { | |
8743 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8744 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8745 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8746 | { | |
8747 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
8748 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8749 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8750 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8751 | } | |
8752 | } | |
8753 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8754 | { | |
8755 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1; | |
8756 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8757 | ClearSelection(); | |
8758 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8759 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8760 | } | |
8761 | else | |
8762 | return false; | |
8763 | ||
8764 | return true; | |
8765 | } | |
8766 | ||
8767 | return false; | |
8768 | } | |
8769 | ||
8770 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
8771 | { | |
8772 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8773 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
8774 | { | |
8775 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8776 | { | |
8777 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8778 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8779 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8780 | { | |
8781 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
8782 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8783 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8784 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8785 | } | |
8786 | } | |
8787 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8788 | { | |
8789 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1; | |
8790 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8791 | ClearSelection(); | |
8792 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8793 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8794 | } | |
8795 | else | |
8796 | return false; | |
8797 | ||
8798 | return true; | |
8799 | } | |
8800 | ||
8801 | return false; | |
8802 | } | |
8803 | ||
8804 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
8805 | { | |
8806 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8807 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
8808 | { | |
8809 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8810 | { | |
8811 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8812 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8813 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8814 | { | |
8815 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
8816 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8817 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8818 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8819 | } | |
8820 | } | |
8821 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 ) | |
8822 | { | |
8823 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8824 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 ); | |
8825 | ClearSelection(); | |
8826 | ||
8827 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8828 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8829 | } | |
8830 | else | |
8831 | return false; | |
8832 | ||
8833 | return true; | |
8834 | } | |
8835 | ||
8836 | return false; | |
8837 | } | |
8838 | ||
8839 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
8840 | { | |
8841 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8842 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
8843 | { | |
8844 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8845 | { | |
8846 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8847 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8848 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8849 | { | |
8850 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
8851 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8852 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8853 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8854 | } | |
8855 | } | |
8856 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8857 | { | |
8858 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8859 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 ); | |
8860 | ClearSelection(); | |
8861 | ||
8862 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8863 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8864 | } | |
8865 | else | |
8866 | return false; | |
8867 | ||
8868 | return true; | |
8869 | } | |
8870 | ||
8871 | return false; | |
8872 | } | |
8873 | ||
8874 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
8875 | { | |
8876 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8877 | return false; | |
8878 | ||
8879 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8880 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
8881 | { | |
8882 | int cw, ch; | |
8883 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8884 | ||
8885 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8886 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
8887 | ||
8888 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8889 | { | |
8890 | // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here. | |
8891 | newRow = row - 1; | |
8892 | } | |
8893 | ||
8894 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8895 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8896 | ||
8897 | return true; | |
8898 | } | |
8899 | ||
8900 | return false; | |
8901 | } | |
8902 | ||
8903 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
8904 | { | |
8905 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8906 | return false; | |
8907 | ||
8908 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8909 | if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows ) | |
8910 | { | |
8911 | int cw, ch; | |
8912 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8913 | ||
8914 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8915 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch ); | |
8916 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8917 | { | |
8918 | // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here. | |
8919 | newRow = row + 1; | |
8920 | } | |
8921 | ||
8922 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8923 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8924 | ||
8925 | return true; | |
8926 | } | |
8927 | ||
8928 | return false; | |
8929 | } | |
8930 | ||
8931 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8932 | { | |
8933 | if ( m_table && | |
8934 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8935 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8936 | { | |
8937 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8938 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8939 | ||
8940 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8941 | { | |
8942 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8943 | // non-empty cells | |
8944 | // | |
8945 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8946 | { | |
8947 | row--; | |
8948 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8949 | break; | |
8950 | } | |
8951 | } | |
8952 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) ) | |
8953 | { | |
8954 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
8955 | // | |
8956 | row--; | |
8957 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8958 | { | |
8959 | row--; | |
8960 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8961 | break; | |
8962 | } | |
8963 | } | |
8964 | else | |
8965 | { | |
8966 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
8967 | // | |
8968 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8969 | { | |
8970 | row--; | |
8971 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8972 | { | |
8973 | row++; | |
8974 | break; | |
8975 | } | |
8976 | } | |
8977 | } | |
8978 | ||
8979 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8980 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8981 | { | |
8982 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8983 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8984 | } | |
8985 | else | |
8986 | { | |
8987 | ClearSelection(); | |
8988 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8989 | } | |
8990 | ||
8991 | return true; | |
8992 | } | |
8993 | ||
8994 | return false; | |
8995 | } | |
8996 | ||
8997 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8998 | { | |
8999 | if ( m_table && | |
9000 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9001 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9002 | { | |
9003 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9004 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9005 | ||
9006 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9007 | { | |
9008 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9009 | // non-empty cells | |
9010 | // | |
9011 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9012 | { | |
9013 | row++; | |
9014 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9015 | break; | |
9016 | } | |
9017 | } | |
9018 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) ) | |
9019 | { | |
9020 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
9021 | // | |
9022 | row++; | |
9023 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9024 | { | |
9025 | row++; | |
9026 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9027 | break; | |
9028 | } | |
9029 | } | |
9030 | else | |
9031 | { | |
9032 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
9033 | // | |
9034 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9035 | { | |
9036 | row++; | |
9037 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9038 | { | |
9039 | row--; | |
9040 | break; | |
9041 | } | |
9042 | } | |
9043 | } | |
9044 | ||
9045 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9046 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9047 | { | |
9048 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9049 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9050 | } | |
9051 | else | |
9052 | { | |
9053 | ClearSelection(); | |
9054 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9055 | } | |
9056 | ||
9057 | return true; | |
9058 | } | |
9059 | ||
9060 | return false; | |
9061 | } | |
9062 | ||
9063 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9064 | { | |
9065 | if ( m_table && | |
9066 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9067 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
9068 | { | |
9069 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9070 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9071 | ||
9072 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9073 | { | |
9074 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9075 | // non-empty cells | |
9076 | // | |
9077 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9078 | { | |
9079 | col--; | |
9080 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9081 | break; | |
9082 | } | |
9083 | } | |
9084 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) ) | |
9085 | { | |
9086 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
9087 | // | |
9088 | col--; | |
9089 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9090 | { | |
9091 | col--; | |
9092 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9093 | break; | |
9094 | } | |
9095 | } | |
9096 | else | |
9097 | { | |
9098 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
9099 | // | |
9100 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9101 | { | |
9102 | col--; | |
9103 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9104 | { | |
9105 | col++; | |
9106 | break; | |
9107 | } | |
9108 | } | |
9109 | } | |
9110 | ||
9111 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9112 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9113 | { | |
9114 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9115 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9116 | } | |
9117 | else | |
9118 | { | |
9119 | ClearSelection(); | |
9120 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9121 | } | |
9122 | ||
9123 | return true; | |
9124 | } | |
9125 | ||
9126 | return false; | |
9127 | } | |
9128 | ||
9129 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9130 | { | |
9131 | if ( m_table && | |
9132 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9133 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9134 | { | |
9135 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9136 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9137 | ||
9138 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9139 | { | |
9140 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9141 | // non-empty cells | |
9142 | // | |
9143 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9144 | { | |
9145 | col++; | |
9146 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9147 | break; | |
9148 | } | |
9149 | } | |
9150 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) ) | |
9151 | { | |
9152 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
9153 | // | |
9154 | col++; | |
9155 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9156 | { | |
9157 | col++; | |
9158 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9159 | break; | |
9160 | } | |
9161 | } | |
9162 | else | |
9163 | { | |
9164 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
9165 | // | |
9166 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9167 | { | |
9168 | col++; | |
9169 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9170 | { | |
9171 | col--; | |
9172 | break; | |
9173 | } | |
9174 | } | |
9175 | } | |
9176 | ||
9177 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9178 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9179 | { | |
9180 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9181 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9182 | } | |
9183 | else | |
9184 | { | |
9185 | ClearSelection(); | |
9186 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9187 | } | |
9188 | ||
9189 | return true; | |
9190 | } | |
9191 | ||
9192 | return false; | |
9193 | } | |
9194 | ||
9195 | // | |
9196 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
9197 | // | |
9198 | ||
9199 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9200 | { | |
9201 | if ( horiz ) | |
9202 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
9203 | if ( vert ) | |
9204 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
9205 | } | |
9206 | ||
9207 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9208 | { | |
9209 | if ( horiz ) | |
9210 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
9211 | if ( vert ) | |
9212 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
9213 | } | |
9214 | ||
9215 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() | |
9216 | { | |
9217 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
9218 | } | |
9219 | ||
9220 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
9221 | { | |
9222 | if ( m_table ) | |
9223 | { | |
9224 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
9225 | } | |
9226 | else | |
9227 | { | |
9228 | wxString s; | |
9229 | s << row; | |
9230 | return s; | |
9231 | } | |
9232 | } | |
9233 | ||
9234 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
9235 | { | |
9236 | if ( m_table ) | |
9237 | { | |
9238 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
9239 | } | |
9240 | else | |
9241 | { | |
9242 | wxString s; | |
9243 | s << col; | |
9244 | return s; | |
9245 | } | |
9246 | } | |
9247 | ||
9248 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
9249 | { | |
9250 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
9251 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
9252 | { | |
9253 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
9254 | { | |
9255 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9256 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9257 | } | |
9258 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
9259 | { | |
9260 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9261 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
9262 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9263 | } | |
9264 | ||
9265 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
9266 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9267 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9268 | } | |
9269 | } | |
9270 | ||
9271 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
9272 | { | |
9273 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
9274 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
9275 | { | |
9276 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
9277 | { | |
9278 | m_colLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9279 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9280 | } | |
9281 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
9282 | { | |
9283 | m_colLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9284 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
9285 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9286 | } | |
9287 | ||
9288 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
9289 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9290 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9291 | } | |
9292 | } | |
9293 | ||
9294 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9295 | { | |
9296 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
9297 | { | |
9298 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
9299 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9300 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9301 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9302 | ||
9303 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9304 | { | |
9305 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9306 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9307 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9308 | } | |
9309 | } | |
9310 | } | |
9311 | ||
9312 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9313 | { | |
9314 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
9315 | { | |
9316 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
9317 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9318 | { | |
9319 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9320 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9321 | } | |
9322 | } | |
9323 | } | |
9324 | ||
9325 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9326 | { | |
9327 | m_labelFont = font; | |
9328 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9329 | { | |
9330 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9331 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9332 | } | |
9333 | } | |
9334 | ||
9335 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9336 | { | |
9337 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9338 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9339 | { | |
9340 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9341 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9342 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9343 | } | |
9344 | ||
9345 | switch ( vert ) | |
9346 | { | |
9347 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9348 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9349 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9350 | } | |
9351 | ||
9352 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9353 | { | |
9354 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9355 | } | |
9356 | ||
9357 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9358 | { | |
9359 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9360 | } | |
9361 | ||
9362 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9363 | { | |
9364 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9365 | } | |
9366 | } | |
9367 | ||
9368 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9369 | { | |
9370 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9371 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9372 | { | |
9373 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9374 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9375 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9376 | } | |
9377 | ||
9378 | switch ( vert ) | |
9379 | { | |
9380 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9381 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9382 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9383 | } | |
9384 | ||
9385 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9386 | { | |
9387 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9388 | } | |
9389 | ||
9390 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9391 | { | |
9392 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9393 | } | |
9394 | ||
9395 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9396 | { | |
9397 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9398 | } | |
9399 | } | |
9400 | ||
9401 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
9402 | // does not support vertical printing | |
9403 | // | |
9404 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
9405 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
9406 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
9407 | // | |
9408 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
9409 | { | |
9410 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9411 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
9412 | ||
9413 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9414 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9415 | } | |
9416 | ||
9417 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
9418 | { | |
9419 | if ( m_table ) | |
9420 | { | |
9421 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
9422 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9423 | { | |
9424 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
9425 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
9426 | { | |
9427 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9428 | rect.x = 0; | |
9429 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9430 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9431 | } | |
9432 | } | |
9433 | } | |
9434 | } | |
9435 | ||
9436 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9437 | { | |
9438 | if ( m_table ) | |
9439 | { | |
9440 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
9441 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9442 | { | |
9443 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
9444 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
9445 | { | |
9446 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9447 | rect.y = 0; | |
9448 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9449 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9450 | } | |
9451 | } | |
9452 | } | |
9453 | } | |
9454 | ||
9455 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9456 | { | |
9457 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
9458 | { | |
9459 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
9460 | ||
9461 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9462 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9463 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9464 | } | |
9465 | } | |
9466 | ||
9467 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9468 | { | |
9469 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
9470 | { | |
9471 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
9472 | ||
9473 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9474 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9475 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9476 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
9477 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9478 | } | |
9479 | } | |
9480 | ||
9481 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
9482 | { | |
9483 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
9484 | { | |
9485 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
9486 | ||
9487 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9488 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9489 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9490 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9491 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9492 | return; | |
9493 | ||
9494 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9495 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9496 | } | |
9497 | } | |
9498 | ||
9499 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
9500 | { | |
9501 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
9502 | { | |
9503 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
9504 | ||
9505 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9506 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9507 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9508 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9509 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9510 | return; | |
9511 | ||
9512 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9513 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9514 | } | |
9515 | } | |
9516 | ||
9517 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
9518 | { | |
9519 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
9520 | { | |
9521 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
9522 | ||
9523 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9524 | { | |
9525 | if ( enable ) | |
9526 | { | |
9527 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9528 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9529 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9530 | } | |
9531 | else | |
9532 | { | |
9533 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
9534 | } | |
9535 | } | |
9536 | } | |
9537 | } | |
9538 | ||
9539 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
9540 | { | |
9541 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9542 | } | |
9543 | ||
9544 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
9545 | { | |
9546 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9547 | ||
9548 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
9549 | } | |
9550 | ||
9551 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
9552 | { | |
9553 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
9554 | } | |
9555 | ||
9556 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
9557 | { | |
9558 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9559 | ||
9560 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
9561 | } | |
9562 | ||
9563 | // ============================================================================ | |
9564 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
9565 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
9566 | // ============================================================================ | |
9567 | ||
9568 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9569 | // setting default attributes | |
9570 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9571 | ||
9572 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9573 | { | |
9574 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9575 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
9576 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9577 | #endif | |
9578 | } | |
9579 | ||
9580 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9581 | { | |
9582 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
9583 | } | |
9584 | ||
9585 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9586 | { | |
9587 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9588 | } | |
9589 | ||
9590 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
9591 | { | |
9592 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9593 | } | |
9594 | ||
9595 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9596 | { | |
9597 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
9598 | } | |
9599 | ||
9600 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
9601 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
9602 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
9603 | // work correctly. | |
9604 | ||
9605 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9606 | { | |
9607 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9608 | renderer, | |
9609 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
9610 | } | |
9611 | ||
9612 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
9613 | { | |
9614 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9615 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
9616 | editor); | |
9617 | } | |
9618 | ||
9619 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9620 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
9621 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9622 | ||
9623 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
9624 | { | |
9625 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9626 | } | |
9627 | ||
9628 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
9629 | { | |
9630 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
9631 | } | |
9632 | ||
9633 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
9634 | { | |
9635 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
9636 | } | |
9637 | ||
9638 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9639 | { | |
9640 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9641 | } | |
9642 | ||
9643 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() | |
9644 | { | |
9645 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
9646 | } | |
9647 | ||
9648 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
9649 | { | |
9650 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9651 | } | |
9652 | ||
9653 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
9654 | { | |
9655 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9656 | } | |
9657 | ||
9658 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9659 | // access to cell attributes | |
9660 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9661 | ||
9662 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
9663 | { | |
9664 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9665 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9666 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9667 | ||
9668 | return colour; | |
9669 | } | |
9670 | ||
9671 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
9672 | { | |
9673 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9674 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
9675 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9676 | ||
9677 | return colour; | |
9678 | } | |
9679 | ||
9680 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
9681 | { | |
9682 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9683 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
9684 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9685 | ||
9686 | return font; | |
9687 | } | |
9688 | ||
9689 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9690 | { | |
9691 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9692 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9693 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9694 | } | |
9695 | ||
9696 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) | |
9697 | { | |
9698 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9699 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
9700 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9701 | ||
9702 | return allow; | |
9703 | } | |
9704 | ||
9705 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) | |
9706 | { | |
9707 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9708 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
9709 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9710 | } | |
9711 | ||
9712 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
9713 | { | |
9714 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9715 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9716 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9717 | ||
9718 | return renderer; | |
9719 | } | |
9720 | ||
9721 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
9722 | { | |
9723 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9724 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
9725 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9726 | ||
9727 | return editor; | |
9728 | } | |
9729 | ||
9730 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
9731 | { | |
9732 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9733 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
9734 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9735 | ||
9736 | return isReadOnly; | |
9737 | } | |
9738 | ||
9739 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9740 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
9741 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9742 | ||
9743 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
9744 | { | |
9745 | if ( !m_table ) | |
9746 | { | |
9747 | return false; | |
9748 | } | |
9749 | ||
9750 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9751 | } | |
9752 | ||
9753 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
9754 | { | |
9755 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
9756 | { | |
9757 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9758 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
9759 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
9760 | } | |
9761 | } | |
9762 | ||
9763 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
9764 | { | |
9765 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
9766 | { | |
9767 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9768 | ||
9769 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
9770 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
9771 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
9772 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
9773 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
9774 | } | |
9775 | } | |
9776 | ||
9777 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
9778 | { | |
9779 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
9780 | { | |
9781 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9782 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9783 | ||
9784 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9785 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
9786 | #endif | |
9787 | ||
9788 | return true; | |
9789 | } | |
9790 | else | |
9791 | { | |
9792 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9793 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
9794 | #endif | |
9795 | ||
9796 | return false; | |
9797 | } | |
9798 | } | |
9799 | ||
9800 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9801 | { | |
9802 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
9803 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
9804 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
9805 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
9806 | { | |
9807 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
9808 | { | |
9809 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
9810 | : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9811 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
9812 | } | |
9813 | } | |
9814 | ||
9815 | if (attr) | |
9816 | { | |
9817 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9818 | } | |
9819 | else | |
9820 | { | |
9821 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
9822 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9823 | } | |
9824 | ||
9825 | return attr; | |
9826 | } | |
9827 | ||
9828 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9829 | { | |
9830 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9831 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9832 | ||
9833 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
9834 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
9835 | ||
9836 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
9837 | if ( !attr ) | |
9838 | { | |
9839 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9840 | ||
9841 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
9842 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9843 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9844 | } | |
9845 | ||
9846 | return attr; | |
9847 | } | |
9848 | ||
9849 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9850 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
9851 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9852 | ||
9853 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
9854 | { | |
9855 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
9856 | } | |
9857 | ||
9858 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
9859 | { | |
9860 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
9861 | } | |
9862 | ||
9863 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
9864 | { | |
9865 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
9866 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
9867 | { | |
9868 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
9869 | } | |
9870 | ||
9871 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
9872 | } | |
9873 | ||
9874 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
9875 | { | |
9876 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
9877 | if (!attr) | |
9878 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
9879 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
9880 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9881 | ||
9882 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
9883 | ||
9884 | } | |
9885 | ||
9886 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9887 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
9888 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9889 | ||
9890 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9891 | { | |
9892 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9893 | { | |
9894 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9895 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9896 | } | |
9897 | else | |
9898 | { | |
9899 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9900 | } | |
9901 | } | |
9902 | ||
9903 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9904 | { | |
9905 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9906 | { | |
9907 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
9908 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9909 | } | |
9910 | else | |
9911 | { | |
9912 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9913 | } | |
9914 | } | |
9915 | ||
9916 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9917 | { | |
9918 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9919 | { | |
9920 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
9921 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9922 | } | |
9923 | else | |
9924 | { | |
9925 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9926 | } | |
9927 | } | |
9928 | ||
9929 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9930 | { | |
9931 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9932 | { | |
9933 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9934 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
9935 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9936 | } | |
9937 | } | |
9938 | ||
9939 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9940 | { | |
9941 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9942 | { | |
9943 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9944 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
9945 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9946 | } | |
9947 | } | |
9948 | ||
9949 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
9950 | { | |
9951 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9952 | { | |
9953 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9954 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
9955 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9956 | } | |
9957 | } | |
9958 | ||
9959 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
9960 | { | |
9961 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9962 | { | |
9963 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9964 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9965 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9966 | } | |
9967 | } | |
9968 | ||
9969 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
9970 | { | |
9971 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9972 | { | |
9973 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9974 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9975 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9976 | } | |
9977 | } | |
9978 | ||
9979 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
9980 | { | |
9981 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9982 | { | |
9983 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
9984 | ||
9985 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9986 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
9987 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
9988 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9989 | ||
9990 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
9991 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
9992 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
9993 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
9994 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
9995 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
9996 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
9997 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
9998 | ||
9999 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
10000 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1)) | |
10001 | { | |
10002 | int i, j; | |
10003 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
10004 | { | |
10005 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
10006 | { | |
10007 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10008 | { | |
10009 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10010 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
10011 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10012 | } | |
10013 | } | |
10014 | } | |
10015 | } | |
10016 | ||
10017 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
10018 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
10019 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
10020 | { | |
10021 | int i, j; | |
10022 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
10023 | { | |
10024 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
10025 | { | |
10026 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10027 | { | |
10028 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10029 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
10030 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10031 | } | |
10032 | } | |
10033 | } | |
10034 | } | |
10035 | } | |
10036 | } | |
10037 | ||
10038 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
10039 | { | |
10040 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10041 | { | |
10042 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10043 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
10044 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10045 | } | |
10046 | } | |
10047 | ||
10048 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10049 | { | |
10050 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10051 | { | |
10052 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10053 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
10054 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10055 | } | |
10056 | } | |
10057 | ||
10058 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
10059 | { | |
10060 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10061 | { | |
10062 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10063 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
10064 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10065 | } | |
10066 | } | |
10067 | ||
10068 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10069 | // Data type registration | |
10070 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10071 | ||
10072 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
10073 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
10074 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10075 | { | |
10076 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
10077 | } | |
10078 | ||
10079 | ||
10080 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10081 | { | |
10082 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10083 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
10084 | } | |
10085 | ||
10086 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10087 | { | |
10088 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10089 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10090 | } | |
10091 | ||
10092 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10093 | { | |
10094 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10095 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10096 | { | |
10097 | wxString errStr; | |
10098 | ||
10099 | errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()); | |
10100 | wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str()); | |
10101 | ||
10102 | return NULL; | |
10103 | } | |
10104 | ||
10105 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
10106 | } | |
10107 | ||
10108 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10109 | { | |
10110 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10111 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10112 | { | |
10113 | wxString errStr; | |
10114 | ||
10115 | errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()); | |
10116 | wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str()); | |
10117 | ||
10118 | return NULL; | |
10119 | } | |
10120 | ||
10121 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
10122 | } | |
10123 | ||
10124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10125 | // row/col size | |
10126 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10127 | ||
10128 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
10129 | { | |
10130 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
10131 | } | |
10132 | ||
10133 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
10134 | { | |
10135 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
10136 | } | |
10137 | ||
10138 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
10139 | { | |
10140 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
10141 | } | |
10142 | ||
10143 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
10144 | { | |
10145 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
10146 | } | |
10147 | ||
10148 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
10149 | { | |
10150 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
10151 | ||
10152 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
10153 | { | |
10154 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
10155 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
10156 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10157 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10158 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
10159 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
10160 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10161 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10162 | } | |
10163 | } | |
10164 | ||
10165 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
10166 | { | |
10167 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
10168 | ||
10169 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
10170 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10171 | return; | |
10172 | ||
10173 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
10174 | { | |
10175 | // need to really create the array | |
10176 | InitRowHeights(); | |
10177 | } | |
10178 | ||
10179 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
10180 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
10181 | ||
10182 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
10183 | int i; | |
10184 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
10185 | { | |
10186 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
10187 | } | |
10188 | ||
10189 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10190 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10191 | } | |
10192 | ||
10193 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
10194 | { | |
10195 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ); | |
10196 | ||
10197 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
10198 | { | |
10199 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
10200 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
10201 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10202 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10203 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
10204 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
10205 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10206 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10207 | } | |
10208 | } | |
10209 | ||
10210 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
10211 | { | |
10212 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
10213 | ||
10214 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
10215 | // (VZ) | |
10216 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's | |
10217 | // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker | |
10218 | // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering | |
10219 | // | |
10220 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 | |
10221 | ||
10222 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
10223 | return; | |
10224 | ||
10225 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
10226 | { | |
10227 | // need to really create the array | |
10228 | InitColWidths(); | |
10229 | } | |
10230 | ||
10231 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
10232 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
10233 | { | |
10234 | long w, h; | |
10235 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10236 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); | |
10237 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10238 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
10239 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
10240 | width = w + 6; | |
10241 | } | |
10242 | ||
10243 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
10244 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
10245 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
10246 | ||
10247 | int i; | |
10248 | int colPos; | |
10249 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( col ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
10250 | { | |
10251 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
10252 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
10253 | } | |
10254 | ||
10255 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10256 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10257 | } | |
10258 | ||
10259 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
10260 | { | |
10261 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
10262 | { | |
10263 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10264 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
10265 | } | |
10266 | } | |
10267 | ||
10268 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
10269 | { | |
10270 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10271 | { | |
10272 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10273 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
10274 | } | |
10275 | } | |
10276 | ||
10277 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
10278 | { | |
10279 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10280 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
10281 | ||
10282 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10283 | } | |
10284 | ||
10285 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
10286 | { | |
10287 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10288 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
10289 | ||
10290 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10291 | } | |
10292 | ||
10293 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
10294 | { | |
10295 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
10296 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
10297 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
10298 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
10299 | } | |
10300 | ||
10301 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
10302 | { | |
10303 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
10304 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
10305 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
10306 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
10307 | } | |
10308 | ||
10309 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
10310 | { | |
10311 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10312 | } | |
10313 | ||
10314 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
10315 | { | |
10316 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10317 | } | |
10318 | ||
10319 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10320 | // auto sizing | |
10321 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10322 | ||
10323 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
10324 | { | |
10325 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
10326 | ||
10327 | // cancel editing of cell | |
10328 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10329 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10330 | ||
10331 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
10332 | int row = -1, | |
10333 | col = -1; | |
10334 | if ( column ) | |
10335 | col = colOrRow; | |
10336 | else | |
10337 | row = colOrRow; | |
10338 | ||
10339 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
10340 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10341 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10342 | { | |
10343 | if ( column ) | |
10344 | row = rowOrCol; | |
10345 | else | |
10346 | col = rowOrCol; | |
10347 | ||
10348 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
10349 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
10350 | if ( renderer ) | |
10351 | { | |
10352 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
10353 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
10354 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10355 | extentMax = extent; | |
10356 | ||
10357 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
10358 | } | |
10359 | ||
10360 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10361 | } | |
10362 | ||
10363 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
10364 | wxCoord w, h; | |
10365 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
10366 | ||
10367 | if ( column ) | |
10368 | { | |
10369 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
10370 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
10371 | w = h; | |
10372 | } | |
10373 | else | |
10374 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
10375 | ||
10376 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
10377 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10378 | extentMax = extent; | |
10379 | ||
10380 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10381 | { | |
10382 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10383 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10384 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10385 | } | |
10386 | else | |
10387 | { | |
10388 | if ( column ) | |
10389 | // leave some space around text | |
10390 | extentMax += 10; | |
10391 | else | |
10392 | extentMax += 6; | |
10393 | } | |
10394 | ||
10395 | if ( column ) | |
10396 | { | |
10397 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
10398 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10399 | { | |
10400 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10401 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10402 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
10403 | rect.y = 0; | |
10404 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
10405 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
10406 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10407 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10408 | } | |
10409 | } | |
10410 | else | |
10411 | { | |
10412 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
10413 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10414 | { | |
10415 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10416 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10417 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
10418 | rect.x = 0; | |
10419 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10420 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10421 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
10422 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10423 | } | |
10424 | } | |
10425 | ||
10426 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
10427 | { | |
10428 | if ( column ) | |
10429 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
10430 | else | |
10431 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
10432 | } | |
10433 | } | |
10434 | ||
10435 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10436 | { | |
10437 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10438 | ||
10439 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10440 | BeginBatch(); | |
10441 | ||
10442 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10443 | { | |
10444 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10445 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
10446 | ||
10447 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
10448 | } | |
10449 | ||
10450 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10451 | EndBatch(); | |
10452 | ||
10453 | return width; | |
10454 | } | |
10455 | ||
10456 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10457 | { | |
10458 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10459 | ||
10460 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10461 | BeginBatch(); | |
10462 | ||
10463 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10464 | { | |
10465 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10466 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
10467 | ||
10468 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
10469 | } | |
10470 | ||
10471 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10472 | EndBatch(); | |
10473 | ||
10474 | return height; | |
10475 | } | |
10476 | ||
10477 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
10478 | { | |
10479 | BeginBatch(); | |
10480 | ||
10481 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false)); | |
10482 | ||
10483 | // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we | |
10484 | // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width | |
10485 | // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary | |
10486 | // scrollbar steps | |
10487 | wxSize sizeFit( | |
10488 | GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX, | |
10489 | GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY ); | |
10490 | ||
10491 | // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having | |
10492 | // extra white space | |
10493 | ||
10494 | // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above | |
10495 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1); | |
10496 | if ( diff && m_numCols ) | |
10497 | { | |
10498 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10499 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; | |
10500 | if ( diffPerCol ) | |
10501 | { | |
10502 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10503 | { | |
10504 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); | |
10505 | } | |
10506 | } | |
10507 | ||
10508 | // add remaining amount to the last columns | |
10509 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; | |
10510 | if ( diff ) | |
10511 | { | |
10512 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) | |
10513 | { | |
10514 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); | |
10515 | } | |
10516 | } | |
10517 | } | |
10518 | ||
10519 | // same for rows | |
10520 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1); | |
10521 | if ( diff && m_numRows ) | |
10522 | { | |
10523 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10524 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; | |
10525 | if ( diffPerRow ) | |
10526 | { | |
10527 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10528 | { | |
10529 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); | |
10530 | } | |
10531 | } | |
10532 | ||
10533 | // add remaining amount to the last rows | |
10534 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; | |
10535 | if ( diff ) | |
10536 | { | |
10537 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) | |
10538 | { | |
10539 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); | |
10540 | } | |
10541 | } | |
10542 | } | |
10543 | ||
10544 | EndBatch(); | |
10545 | ||
10546 | SetClientSize(sizeFit); | |
10547 | } | |
10548 | ||
10549 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
10550 | { | |
10551 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10552 | long w, h; | |
10553 | ||
10554 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10555 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10556 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10557 | { | |
10558 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10559 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10560 | } | |
10561 | ||
10562 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
10563 | StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines ); | |
10564 | wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin ); | |
10565 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10566 | if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight ) | |
10567 | h = m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10568 | SetRowSize(row, h); | |
10569 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10570 | } | |
10571 | ||
10572 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
10573 | { | |
10574 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10575 | long w, h; | |
10576 | ||
10577 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10578 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10579 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10580 | { | |
10581 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10582 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10583 | } | |
10584 | ||
10585 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
10586 | StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines ); | |
10587 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
10588 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
10589 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10590 | else | |
10591 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
10592 | if ( w < m_defaultColWidth ) | |
10593 | w = m_defaultColWidth; | |
10594 | SetColSize(col, w); | |
10595 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10596 | } | |
10597 | ||
10598 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
10599 | { | |
10600 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
10601 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
10602 | ||
10603 | int width, height; | |
10604 | width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true); | |
10605 | height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true); | |
10606 | ||
10607 | if (!width) | |
10608 | width = 100; | |
10609 | if (!height) | |
10610 | height = 80; | |
10611 | ||
10612 | // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate | |
10613 | // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars; | |
10614 | // is there any magic incantation for that? | |
10615 | int xpu, ypu; | |
10616 | GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu); | |
10617 | if (xpu) | |
10618 | width += 1 + xpu - (width % xpu); | |
10619 | if (ypu) | |
10620 | height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu); | |
10621 | ||
10622 | // limit to 1/4 of the screen size | |
10623 | int maxwidth, maxheight; | |
10624 | wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight ); | |
10625 | maxwidth /= 2; | |
10626 | maxheight /= 2; | |
10627 | if ( width > maxwidth ) | |
10628 | width = maxwidth; | |
10629 | if ( height > maxheight ) | |
10630 | height = maxheight; | |
10631 | ||
10632 | wxSize best(width, height); | |
10633 | ||
10634 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
10635 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
10636 | // calculation. | |
10637 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
10638 | ||
10639 | return best; | |
10640 | } | |
10641 | ||
10642 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
10643 | { | |
10644 | AutoSize(); | |
10645 | } | |
10646 | ||
10647 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
10648 | { | |
10649 | return wxNullPen; | |
10650 | } | |
10651 | ||
10652 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10653 | // cell value accessor functions | |
10654 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10655 | ||
10656 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
10657 | { | |
10658 | if ( m_table ) | |
10659 | { | |
10660 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
10661 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10662 | { | |
10663 | int dummy; | |
10664 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
10665 | rect.x = 0; | |
10666 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
10667 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10668 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
10669 | } | |
10670 | ||
10671 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
10672 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
10673 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
10674 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
10675 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
10676 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
10677 | { | |
10678 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10679 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
10680 | } | |
10681 | } | |
10682 | } | |
10683 | ||
10684 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10685 | // block, row and column selection | |
10686 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10687 | ||
10688 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
10689 | { | |
10690 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10691 | ClearSelection(); | |
10692 | ||
10693 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10694 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected ); | |
10695 | } | |
10696 | ||
10697 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
10698 | { | |
10699 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10700 | ClearSelection(); | |
10701 | ||
10702 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10703 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected ); | |
10704 | } | |
10705 | ||
10706 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
10707 | bool addToSelected ) | |
10708 | { | |
10709 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10710 | ClearSelection(); | |
10711 | ||
10712 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10713 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
10714 | false, addToSelected ); | |
10715 | } | |
10716 | ||
10717 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
10718 | { | |
10719 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
10720 | { | |
10721 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10722 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
10723 | } | |
10724 | } | |
10725 | ||
10726 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10727 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
10728 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10729 | ||
10730 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
10731 | { | |
10732 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10733 | return; | |
10734 | ||
10735 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
10736 | { | |
10737 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
10738 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0); | |
10739 | } | |
10740 | else | |
10741 | { | |
10742 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
10743 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) | |
10744 | { | |
10745 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
10746 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i); | |
10747 | } | |
10748 | } | |
10749 | } | |
10750 | ||
10751 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
10752 | { | |
10753 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10754 | return; | |
10755 | ||
10756 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
10757 | { | |
10758 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
10759 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col); | |
10760 | } | |
10761 | else | |
10762 | { | |
10763 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
10764 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ ) | |
10765 | { | |
10766 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
10767 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
10768 | } | |
10769 | } | |
10770 | } | |
10771 | ||
10772 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
10773 | { | |
10774 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
10775 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
10776 | } | |
10777 | ||
10778 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
10779 | { | |
10780 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
10781 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
10782 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
10783 | } | |
10784 | ||
10785 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
10786 | { | |
10787 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
10788 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
10789 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
10790 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
10791 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
10792 | } | |
10793 | ||
10794 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
10795 | { | |
10796 | if (!m_selection) | |
10797 | { | |
10798 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10799 | return a; | |
10800 | } | |
10801 | ||
10802 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
10803 | } | |
10804 | ||
10805 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
10806 | { | |
10807 | if (!m_selection) | |
10808 | { | |
10809 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10810 | return a; | |
10811 | } | |
10812 | ||
10813 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
10814 | } | |
10815 | ||
10816 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
10817 | { | |
10818 | if (!m_selection) | |
10819 | { | |
10820 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10821 | return a; | |
10822 | } | |
10823 | ||
10824 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
10825 | } | |
10826 | ||
10827 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
10828 | { | |
10829 | if (!m_selection) | |
10830 | { | |
10831 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10832 | return a; | |
10833 | } | |
10834 | ||
10835 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
10836 | } | |
10837 | ||
10838 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
10839 | { | |
10840 | if (!m_selection) | |
10841 | { | |
10842 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10843 | return a; | |
10844 | } | |
10845 | ||
10846 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
10847 | } | |
10848 | ||
10849 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
10850 | { | |
10851 | m_selectingTopLeft = | |
10852 | m_selectingBottomRight = | |
10853 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
10854 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10855 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
10856 | } | |
10857 | ||
10858 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
10859 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
10860 | // | |
10861 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
10862 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
10863 | { | |
10864 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
10865 | wxRect cellRect; | |
10866 | ||
10867 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
10868 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10869 | { | |
10870 | rect = cellRect; | |
10871 | } | |
10872 | else | |
10873 | { | |
10874 | rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
10875 | } | |
10876 | ||
10877 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
10878 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10879 | { | |
10880 | rect += cellRect; | |
10881 | } | |
10882 | else | |
10883 | { | |
10884 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
10885 | } | |
10886 | ||
10887 | int i, j; | |
10888 | int left = rect.GetLeft(); | |
10889 | int top = rect.GetTop(); | |
10890 | int right = rect.GetRight(); | |
10891 | int bottom = rect.GetBottom(); | |
10892 | ||
10893 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
10894 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
10895 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
10896 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
10897 | ||
10898 | if (left > right) | |
10899 | { | |
10900 | i = left; | |
10901 | left = right; | |
10902 | right = i; | |
10903 | i = leftCol; | |
10904 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
10905 | rightCol = i; | |
10906 | } | |
10907 | ||
10908 | if (top > bottom) | |
10909 | { | |
10910 | i = top; | |
10911 | top = bottom; | |
10912 | bottom = i; | |
10913 | i = topRow; | |
10914 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
10915 | bottomRow = i; | |
10916 | } | |
10917 | ||
10918 | for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
10919 | { | |
10920 | for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ ) | |
10921 | { | |
10922 | if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol)) | |
10923 | { | |
10924 | cellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
10925 | ||
10926 | if (cellRect.x < left) | |
10927 | left = cellRect.x; | |
10928 | if (cellRect.y < top) | |
10929 | top = cellRect.y; | |
10930 | if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right) | |
10931 | right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width; | |
10932 | if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom) | |
10933 | bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height; | |
10934 | } | |
10935 | else | |
10936 | { | |
10937 | i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
10938 | } | |
10939 | } | |
10940 | } | |
10941 | ||
10942 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
10943 | // | |
10944 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
10945 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
10946 | ||
10947 | int cw, ch; | |
10948 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10949 | ||
10950 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
10951 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
10952 | ||
10953 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
10954 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
10955 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
10956 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
10957 | ||
10958 | return rect; | |
10959 | } | |
10960 | ||
10961 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10962 | // grid event classes | |
10963 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10964 | ||
10965 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10966 | ||
10967 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10968 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
10969 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10970 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10971 | { | |
10972 | m_row = row; | |
10973 | m_col = col; | |
10974 | m_x = x; | |
10975 | m_y = y; | |
10976 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10977 | m_control = control; | |
10978 | m_shift = shift; | |
10979 | m_alt = alt; | |
10980 | m_meta = meta; | |
10981 | ||
10982 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10983 | } | |
10984 | ||
10985 | ||
10986 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10987 | ||
10988 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10989 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
10990 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10991 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10992 | { | |
10993 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
10994 | m_x = x; | |
10995 | m_y = y; | |
10996 | m_control = control; | |
10997 | m_shift = shift; | |
10998 | m_alt = alt; | |
10999 | m_meta = meta; | |
11000 | ||
11001 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11002 | } | |
11003 | ||
11004 | ||
11005 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11006 | ||
11007 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11008 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
11009 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
11010 | bool sel, bool control, | |
11011 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11012 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
11013 | { | |
11014 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
11015 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
11016 | m_selecting = sel; | |
11017 | m_control = control; | |
11018 | m_shift = shift; | |
11019 | m_alt = alt; | |
11020 | m_meta = meta; | |
11021 | ||
11022 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11023 | } | |
11024 | ||
11025 | ||
11026 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
11027 | ||
11028 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
11029 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
11030 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
11031 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
11032 | { | |
11033 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11034 | m_row = row; | |
11035 | m_col = col; | |
11036 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
11037 | } | |
11038 | ||
11039 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |